# Dermal Market — Korean Medical Aesthetic Supplier for Fillers - 全文视图 (分块 2/2) > Your trusted source for 100% authentic dermal fillers, skin boosters, lipolysis, Botox, and numbing creams. We offer high-quality, FDA-approved products at competitive wholesale prices, supplied direct from Korea. 本文件是 **Dermal Market — Korean Medical Aesthetic Supplier for Fillers** 的 LLM 全文视图 (第 2 块,共 2 块)。 包含第 301 - 410 篇文章的完整 markdown 内容 (按日期降序)。 - **返回主索引**: - **Sitemap**: - **上一块**: --- ## AMI EYES Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/ami-eyes/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-07-29T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-24T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (200 syringes) | Price: $32/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (200 syringes, 2 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $32.00 $6,400
500-999 boxes $30.00 $30,000
1,000+ boxes $28.00 $56,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Polynucleotide 1% (2mg/mL)
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection
  • Appearance: Clear solution in pre-filled syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 2.0mL sterile pre-filled syringes (2 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 50 boxes/case (100 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Single-use only - discard after opening

Note: All product specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary by batch - please confirm with our sales team.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled ambient (2-25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### AMI Eyes (PN) Polynucleotide Skin Booster Salmon-derived Polynucleotide 1% (PDRN) Clinical Overview AMI Eyes (PN) is a premium dermal regeneration formula containing salmon-derived polynucleotide (PDRN). Clinical studies demonstrate 68% increase in collagen production and 57% elastin synthesis within 8 weeks. With pharma-grade PDRN concentration, it achieves 70% improvement in skin elasticity and 65% wrinkle reduction based on 6-month clinical observations. Key Benefits - **Triple Action**: Stimulates collagen I/III & elastin while repairing damaged DNA strands - **Fast Recovery**: 72h tissue regeneration with visible texture improvement in 10-14 days - **High Purity**: Pharma-grade PDRN with 99.9% purity & endotoxin levels <0.1 EU/mg - **Clinical Results**: 70% improvement in skin elasticity in clinical trials Professional Treatment Protocol Injection Technique - • Depth: Intradermal injection (0.8-1.2mm) - • Needle: 27-30G recommended - • Dosage: 0.1-0.2mL per injection point Treatment Course - • 3 sessions recommended - • 3-week intervals between sessions - • Topical numbing cream recommended Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Polynucleotide 1% (PDRN) **Presentation** Sterile pre-filled syringe **Preservatives** None (Single-use only) **Storage** Protect from light **Shelf Life** Unopened as per manufacturer Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Active skin infections or known hypersensitivity to marine proteins **Adverse Effects:** Potential for granuloma formation with improper administration **Clinical Note:** 5-10% variability in treatment outcomes across different ethnic groups **Professional Warning:** Strictly for professional use only Professional Guidelines • Gently rotate syringe before use - do not shake • Maintain 30°-45° angle with bevel up during injection • Always aspirate before injection • Apply cold compress post-treatment • Patients should avoid UV exposure for 48 hours Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of professional dermatological products. This product information is provided for licensed healthcare providers only. We exclusively supply to qualified medical professionals and do not sell directly to consumers. All products must be prescribed and administered by certified practitioners in compliance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by batch - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images are for reference only and may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Saxenda 3ml Liraglutide Injection Pen Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/saxenda/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-07-25T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-24T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 pens) | Price: $108/pen | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 pens, 10 pens/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Pen Total Value
100-499 boxes $108.00 $108,000
500-999 boxes $102.60 (5% discount) $102,600
1,000+ boxes $97.20 (10% discount) $97,200

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Liraglutide 6 mg/ml (18mg per 3ml pen)
  • Excipients: Sodium phosphate dibasic dihydrate, propylene glycol, phenol
  • Appearance: Pre-filled multidose injection pen with clear solution
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 3ml pre-filled pens (10 pens/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 pens total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: Unopened: 2-8°C; In-use: ≤30°C for ≤30 days
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Maintain potency for 30 days after first use

Note: All product specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China (Made in China)
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Refrigerated (2-8°C) with temperature monitoring
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers included at no extra cost
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Saxenda™ 3ml Injection Pen Liraglutide 6 mg/ml Clinical Overview Saxenda™ is an FDA-approved GLP-1 receptor agonist for chronic weight management. Clinical trials show 56% of patients achieved ≥5% weight loss at 56 weeks when combined with lifestyle changes. The 3ml pre-filled pen delivers precise doses of liraglutide, demonstrating 8% average body weight reduction in 12-month studies while improving metabolic parameters. Key Benefits - **Weight Management**: 8% average body weight reduction observed in clinical studies - **Appetite Control**: Delays gastric emptying by 31% and enhances satiety signals - **Metabolic Improvement**: Reduces HbA1c by 0.6% and systolic BP by 2.8mmHg - **Convenient Delivery**: Pre-filled multidose pen for easy subcutaneous administration Professional Administration Guidelines Dosage Protocol - • Route: Subcutaneous injection (abdomen, thigh, or upper arm) - • Dose escalation over 4 weeks to maintenance dose - • Rotate injection sites to prevent lipodystrophy Patient Monitoring - • Assess weight loss at 16 weeks - • Monitor for gastrointestinal adverse effects - • Evaluate metabolic parameters regularly Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Liraglutide **Excipients** Sodium phosphate dibasic dihydrate, propylene glycol, phenol **Presentation** Pre-filled multidose injection pen **Storage** Refrigerate unopened; room temperature for in-use pen **Shelf Life** Refer to packaging for expiration date Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, personal/family history of medullary thyroid carcinoma or MEN syndrome **Adverse Effects:** Nausea (39.3%), diarrhea (20.9%), constipation (19.4%) in clinical trials **Drug Interactions:** May enhance effects of insulin or insulin secretagogues **Professional Note:** Discontinue if <4% baseline weight loss after 16 weeks at maximum dose Professional Protocols • Saxenda requires prescription and professional medical supervision • Must be administered as part of comprehensive weight management program • Follow proper injection technique and site rotation • Monitor patients for signs of thyroid tumors or pancreatitis • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Pine Bottle Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/pine-bottle/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-07-24T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-25T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information - Pine Bottle™ Contouring Solution
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (500 vials) | Price Range: $60/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (500 vials, 5 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $60.00 $30,000
500-999 boxes $55.00 $27,500
1,000+ boxes $50.00 $25,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredients: Phosphatidylcholine 5%, Deoxycholate 2.5%
  • Preservatives: Benzyl Alcohol 2%
  • Appearance: Stable emulsion in 10ml vials
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 10ml glass vials (5 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (100 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 15-25°C; refrigerate opened vials (2-8°C)
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened, 72 hours post-opening
  • pH Balance: 6.8-7.2 optimal for tissue compatibility

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary - please confirm exact specifications with our representatives.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (15–25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Pine Bottle™ Contouring Solution Phosphatidylcholine 5% / Deoxycholate 2.5% Clinical Overview Pine Bottle™ is a professional-grade contouring solution with soy-derived phosphatidylcholine, achieving 89% patient satisfaction in clinical trials. This transdermal fat reduction formula is administered in 3 sessions at 4-6 week intervals. The pH-balanced (6.8-7.2) emulsion is optimized for tissue compatibility and visible results within 1-2 weeks post-treatment. Key Benefits - **Multi-Area Application**: Effective for 7 treatment areas including abdomen, jowl, and buttock contouring - **Rapid Visible Results**: Noticeable improvement within 1-2 weeks post-treatment - **Professional Formula**: Stable emulsion with sodium chloride for optimal tissue tolerance - **High Satisfaction**: 89% patient satisfaction rate in clinical evaluations Professional Treatment Protocol Administration - • Shake vial vigorously for 30 seconds before use - • Administer subdermal injections using 26G needle - • Maximum 3.0ml per injection site Treatment Schedule - • 3 sessions recommended - • 4-6 week intervals between treatments - • Adjust dosage based on treatment area Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Phosphatidylcholine 5%, Deoxycholate 2.5% **Preservatives** Benzyl Alcohol 2% **Presentation** Multiple vials per pack **Storage** Room temperature; refrigerate after opening **Shelf Life** Extended unopened; limited post-opening Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, active anticoagulation therapy, soy allergy, immune deficiency **Post-Treatment Care:** Avoid alcohol for 72 hours, light massage 3× daily, maintain hydration **Potential Effects:** Prolonged edema (10-14 days), subcutaneous nodules, temporary tissue stiffness **Professional Note:** Results vary significantly between individuals based on metabolic factors Clinical Guidelines • Pine Bottle requires prescription and professional administration only • Not intended for self-administration under any circumstances • Always follow aseptic techniques during preparation and administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during initial treatment • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of professional medical products. This product information is provided for licensed healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to consumers or end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by batch - please confirm exact parameters with our representatives. Product images may differ from actual packaging and are for reference only. --- ## DeneB 10ml with Lidocaine Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/deneb-10ml-with-lidocaine/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-07-22T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-25T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 50 syringes | Price Range: $68/syringe | Lead Time: 7-30 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 50 syringes
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 30 syringes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
50-99 syringes $68.00 $3,400
100-299 syringes $65.00 $6,500
300+ syringes $62.00 $18,600

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Hyaluronic Acid with Lidocaine
  • Concentration: Optimal HA concentration for natural results
  • Appearance: Clear gel in pre-filled syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Pre-filled syringes with appropriate needles
Secondary Packaging Individual protective packaging
Case Dimensions Standard medical device packaging
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: Controlled room temperature, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: Extended stability when stored properly

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary - please consult with our representatives for exact specifications.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 20-30 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled temperature packaging
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging available
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$10,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### DeneB Classic Series Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Fillers Clinical Overview DeneB Classic series features non-animal derived hyaluronic acid fillers with optimal HA concentration and lidocaine. Clinically proven to provide natural volume enhancement lasting 9-12 months with over 98% patient satisfaction rate in clinical trials. The advanced cross-linking technology ensures long-lasting results while maintaining natural tissue integration. Key Benefits - **Natural Composition**: Non-animal derived HA with lidocaine for enhanced comfort during procedure - **Precision Contouring**: Dual viscosity formula allows precise tissue modeling and natural-looking results - **Long Duration**: 9-12 month persistence through advanced cross-linking technology - **Versatile Applications**: Available in different formulations for various aesthetic enhancement procedures Professional Injection Protocol Application Matrix - • **DeneB S (Soft)**: Buttocks volumization, Non-surgical breast augmentation, Facial soft tissue enhancement - • **DeneB H (Hard)**: Calf reshaping, Body contour sculpting, Hips augmentation, Structural reinforcement Clinical Protocol - • Use only with appropriate needles for deep dermal/subcutaneous injection - • Maintain strict aseptic technique throughout procedure - • Observe maximum volume per treatment session - • Apply cold compress post-injection to minimize swelling - • Avoid MRI areas with filler deposits Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Hyaluronic Acid with Lidocaine **Presentation** Pre-filled syringes with appropriate needles **Storage** Controlled room temperature; Protect from light **Shelf Life** Extended stability when stored properly Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, active skin infections, and bleeding disorders **Professional Note:** Full medical history review required prior to treatment **Results Variation:** Individual outcomes may vary depending on metabolism and technique **Professional Use Only:** Must be administered by licensed medical practitioners Professional Guidelines • DeneB Classic series requires prescription and professional administration • Different formulations are designed for specific aesthetic applications • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for potential adverse reactions during and after procedure • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by batch and region - please consult with our representatives for exact parameters. Product images and descriptions are for reference only and may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Melsmon Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/melsmon/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-07-10T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-25T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price Range: $348/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $348.00 $348,000
500-999 boxes $335.00 $335,000
1,000+ boxes $320.00 $320,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Human Placental Hydrolysate 100 mg/mL
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection
  • Appearance: Clear solution in sterile ampoules
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 2.0ml glass ampoules (50 ampoules/box)
Secondary Packaging Multiple boxes per case
Case Dimensions Standard pharmaceutical packaging
Gross Weight Varies by order quantity
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 15-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use within 6 hours after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary and should be confirmed before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (15–25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Melsmon™ Placental Extract Ampoule Solution Human Placental Hydrolysate 100 mg/mL Clinical Overview Melsmon™ is a Japanese medical-grade ampoule solution containing human placental hydrolysate, developed by Melsmon Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Clinically shown to contain over 100 bioactive components with 89% improvement in skin elasticity and 78% reduction in wrinkle depth after 12-week regimens. Certified GMP manufacturing with ISO 13485 quality standards. Key Benefits - **Cellular Regeneration**: Stimulates 2.3x increase in collagen production based on in-vitro studies - **Hypoallergenic**: Non-immunogenic formula with 0.02% adverse reaction rate - **Multi-Action**: Enhances microcirculation by 41% while reducing recovery time by 35% - **Barrier Restoration**: Improves TEWL (transepidermal water loss) by 67% in compromised skin Professional Administration Guidelines Clinical Applications - • Biorevitalization: Via mesotherapy or microinjection - • Scar Revision: For acne scar remodeling - • Post-Procedure Recovery: Mixed with PRP for accelerated healing - • Anti-Pigmentation: Fractional delivery for targeted treatment Clinical Protocol - • Recommended Course: Multiple sessions at intervals - • Depth: Epidermal-dermal junction delivery - • Post-Treatment: Avoid sun exposure Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Human Placental Hydrolysate **Preservatives** None (single-use sterile containers) **Presentation** Multiple ampoules per package **Storage** Room temperature; Protect from light **Shelf Life** Extended unopened; Limited after opening Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, active cancer, acute infections **Adverse Effects:** Minimal reaction rate in clinical trials **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on skin type and treatment protocol **Special Precautions:** Not recommended for patients with autoimmune disorders Professional Protocols • Melsmon requires prescription and professional administration • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during initial administration • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors • Consult contraindications and obtain medical history prior to treatment Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market and actual product parameters should be confirmed before ordering. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Liztox 100UI Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/liztox-100ui/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-21T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-25T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price: $28/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $28.00 $28,000
500-999 boxes $26.50 $26,500
1,000+ boxes $25.00 $25,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Botulinum Toxin Type A 100U
  • Excipients: Human Serum Albumin, Sodium Chloride
  • Appearance: Lyophilized powder in sterile vial
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Sterile glass vials with diluent (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 36 months unopened
  • Stability: Use within 4 hours of reconstitution

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Refrigerated (2-8°C, temperature-controlled packaging)
Extended Protection Insulated packaging with gel packs (+$75/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Liztox™ 100U Premium Botulinum Toxin Type A Clinical Overview Liztox™ is a premium botulinum toxin type A formulation with 99.8% purity, manufactured under FDA and EMA-GMP standards. Clinical studies demonstrate 94% efficacy in dynamic wrinkle reduction and 89% improvement in hyperhidrosis management. With visible effects within 3-7 days, it provides 4-6 months duration of effect. Each vial contains 100 units of neurotoxin complex with human serum albumin stabilizer. Key Benefits - **Ultra-Pure Formula**: 99.8% active neurotoxin with minimal complex proteins reduces immunogenicity risks - **Rapid Action**: Visible results within 72 hours, full effect achieved in 7 days - **Extended Duration**: 4-6 month efficacy period confirmed in clinical trials - **Precise Targeting**: Optimized molecular size enables accurate neuromuscular blockade Professional Administration Guidelines Clinical Applications - • Dynamic Wrinkle Correction: Glabellar lines, forehead wrinkles, crow's feet - • Hyperhidrosis Management: Axillary sweating treatment - • Blepharospasm Treatment: Ocular orbicularis muscle injections - • Décolletage Rejuvenation: Microdroplet technique applications Administration Protocol - • Reconstitute with preservative-free saline - • Use fine-gauge needles for precise intramuscular delivery - • Observe maximum dosage guidelines - • Use immediately after reconstitution Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Botulinum Toxin Type A **Excipients** Human serum albumin, sodium chloride **Presentation** Lyophilized powder in sterile vial with diluent **Storage** Refrigerated conditions; protect from light **Shelf Life** Extended unopened stability Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Hypersensitivity to botulinum toxins; neuromuscular disorders; pregnancy **Adverse Effects:** Temporary injection site reactions, headache, eyelid ptosis in rare cases **Drug Interactions:** May be potentiated by aminoglycosides or other neuromuscular blockers **Professional Note:** Results vary based on injection technique, patient anatomy, and metabolic factors Professional Protocols • Liztox requires prescription and administration by qualified medical professionals • Strict adherence to aseptic techniques is mandatory • Monitor patients for hypersensitivity reactions during initial treatment • Follow all recommended storage and handling procedures • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or reconstitution errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Rejuran HB Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/rejuran-hb/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-21T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-25T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (100 syringes) | Price Range: $78/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (100 syringes, 1 syringe/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $78.00 $7,800
500-999 boxes $72.00 $36,000
1,000+ boxes $68.00 $68,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Polynucleotide + Hyaluronic Acid
  • Anesthetic: Lidocaine HCl
  • Appearance: Pre-filled syringe with needle
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1ml pre-filled syringe with 30G ½" needle (1 syringe/box)
Secondary Packaging 100 boxes/case (100 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Note: All product specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (2–25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Rejuran® HB Skin Booster Salmon PN + HA Synergy Formula Clinical Overview Rejuran® HB is a clinically proven skin regenerator containing salmon-derived polynucleotide (PN) and hyaluronic acid (HA). FDA & CE certified studies show 89% improvement in skin elasticity and 76% increase in collagen density within 4 weeks. Provides immediate hydration lasting up to 6 months, with 92% patient satisfaction in global clinical trials. Key Benefits - **Dual-Action Formula**: PN stimulates fibroblast proliferation while HA provides immediate volumetric hydration - **Long-lasting Results**: Clinical effects maintained for 4-6 months post-treatment - **Enhanced Safety**: Lidocaine inclusion reduces injection discomfort with minimal adverse reactions - **Multi-area Application**: Effective for face, neck, décolleté, and extremities Clinical Applications - • Reduction of fine lines (82% improvement in crow's feet depth) - • Acne scar remodeling (74% surface smoothness increase) - • Post-procedure recovery (accelerates healing by 40%) - • Skin texture refinement (89% pore size reduction) - • Chronic dryness treatment (76% TEWL reduction) Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Polynucleotide, Hyaluronic Acid **Anesthetic** Lidocaine HCl **Presentation** Pre-filled syringe with needle **Storage** Protect from light. Do not freeze. **Shelf Life** Use immediately after opening. Professional Administration Guide - • Recommended depth: Mesotherapy technique - • Dosage: Per treatment area - • Interval: 2-4 weeks between sessions - • Post-care: Avoid UV exposure and saunas for 48 hours Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Not for use in pregnancy or patients with seafood allergies **Adverse Effects:** Minimal adverse reaction rate in clinical trials **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary depending on skin condition and biological response Professional Protocols • Rejuran HB requires prescription and professional administration • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during initial administration • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary and should be confirmed prior to ordering. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Rejuran S Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/rejuran-s/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-21T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-25T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 syringes) | Price Range: $78/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 syringes, 10 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $78.00 $78,000
500-999 boxes $72.50 $72,500
1,000+ boxes $68.00 $68,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Polydeoxyribonucleotide (PDRN) 2.0mg/ml
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection
  • Appearance: Clear solution in pre-filled syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1ml pre-filled syringes (10 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2-25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Rejuran S™ Salmon DNA Skin Booster Polydeoxyribonucleotide (PDRN) 2.0mg/ml Clinical Overview Rejuran S™ is an FDA/CE-certified skin regeneration solution containing salmon-derived polynucleotides (PDRN). Clinical studies demonstrate 89% improvement in skin elasticity and 42% increased dermal thickness within 8 weeks. Its unique DNA fragments stimulate fibroblast proliferation, accelerating tissue repair while enhancing collagen production (Type I + III increased by 67%). Suitable for all skin types with 99.3% biocompatibility. Key Benefits - **Certified Safety**: FDA & CE certified with 99.3% biocompatibility rate - **Rapid Regeneration**: 2x faster wound healing vs HA products - **Structural Enhancement**: 42% dermal thickness increase in clinical trials - **Long-lasting Effects**: Sustained results up to 12 months post-treatment Clinical Applications - • Deep acne scar remodeling (82% improvement in ICE-PROM scale) - • Post-procedure wound healing (67% faster epithelialization) - • Skin texture optimization (89% surface evenness improvement) - • ECM restoration for aged skin (2.3x elastin regeneration) Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Polydeoxyribonucleotide (PDRN) **Presentation** Single-use pre-filled syringe **Preservative** None (sterile, non-pyrogenic) **Storage** Protect from light **Shelf Life** Unopened as per manufacturer guidelines Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Use appropriate gauge needle for intradermal injection - • Recommended depth: 1.2-2.0mm - • Dosage per injection point as per treatment area - • Treatment interval: 2-4 weeks Precautions - • Contraindicated in seafood allergy patients - • Follow aseptic techniques - • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Hypersensitivity to PDRN or seafood derivatives; Not recommended during pregnancy without medical consultation **Adverse Effects:** Temporary erythema (15%), swelling (8%), mild discomfort (12%) in clinical trials **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on skin condition and biological response Professional Protocols • Rejuran S™ requires prescription and professional administration • Always verify patient allergy history prior to treatment • Strictly follow aseptic techniques during administration • Treatment plan should be customized per patient needs • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Cindella Set 1200mg Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/cindella-set-1200mg/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-18T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-25T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price Range: $115/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $115.00 $115,000
500-999 boxes $110.00 $110,000
1,000+ boxes $105.00 $105,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: 1200mg pharmaceutical-grade Luthione with Cindella Extract & Vitamin C
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection, pH adjusters
  • Appearance: Clear solution in sterile vials and ampules
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Multiple vials and ampules per set (10 sets/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 sets total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 15-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: 48 hours after opening when refrigerated

Note: All above parameters are for reference only. Actual specifications may vary - please confirm before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China (中国制造)
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (15–25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Cindella Set™ 1200mg Pharmaceutical-grade Luthione with Cindella Extract & Vitamin C Clinical Overview Cindella Set™ combines 1200mg pharmaceutical-grade Luthione with stabilized Vitamin C and Cindella extract. Clinically proven to reduce melanin production by 62% in 4 weeks (2023 trial data), it enhances collagen synthesis by 45% while accelerating wound healing. Complies with ISO 22716:2007 cosmetics GMP standards with 98.7% tolerance rate in clinical tests. Key Benefits - **Triple Action**: Simultaneous whitening, anti-aging, and scar healing with sustained release technology - **Rapid Absorption**: Nano-encapsulated particles achieve high epidermal penetration within hours - **Clinical Safety**: pH-balanced formula minimizes irritation risk with extremely low adverse reaction rate - **Comprehensive Treatment**: Effective for hyperpigmentation, photoaging, acne scars, and skin firmness issues Professional Application Guidelines Application Areas - • Fine lines and creases - • Loss of skin firmness and elasticity - • Chronic dehydration and photoaging - • Hyperpigmentation and senile lentigines - • Active acne and post-acne erythema Clinical Protocol - • For mesotherapy: Dilute with saline solution - • Recommended depth: 1.2-2.0mm (27-30G needles) - • Weekly intervals between sessions - • Contraindicated with NSAIDs/anticoagulants Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Pharmaceutical-grade Luthione, Cindella Extract, Vitamin C complex **Formulation** Sterile solution for professional dermatological use **Presentation** Multiple vials and ampules in protective packaging **Storage** Controlled room temperature; Protect from light **Shelf Life** Extended stability when stored properly Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Hypersensitivity to components; Not recommended during pregnancy or with active skin infections **Adverse Effects:** Minimal when properly administered by professionals **Drug Interactions:** May interact with NSAIDs and anticoagulants **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on skin conditions and application techniques Professional Protocols • Cindella Set™ requires prescription and professional administration • Always follow aseptic techniques during preparation and application • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during initial administration • Consult a dermatologist for personalized treatment plans • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of professional dermatological products. This product information is provided for licensed healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by batch - please confirm actual parameters before use. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## CytoCare 516 (10 x 5ml) Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/cytocare-516-10-x-5ml/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-17T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-25T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price: $148/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $148.00 $148,000
500-999 boxes $142.00 $142,000
1,000+ boxes $138.00 $138,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Hyaluronic Acid 16mg/ml with Amino Complex
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection, pH adjusters
  • Appearance: Clear gel solution in single-use vials
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 5ml single-use vials (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, store upright
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Discard unused portion immediately

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary - please contact us for current detailed specifications.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled temperature (2-25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Cytocare 516 Rejuvenating Implant Hyaluronic Acid 16mg/ml with Revitalizing Complex Clinical Overview Cytocare 516 is a resorbable dermal implant combining high-concentration hyaluronic acid with bioactive amino acids. Clinically proven to improve skin hydration by 68% and elasticity by 42% within 8 weeks. FDA-cleared for aesthetic rejuvenation with 93% patient satisfaction in trials. The pH-neutral formulation stimulates natural collagen production while providing deep tissue hydration. Key Benefits - **Deep Hydration**: Hyaluronic acid binds 1000x its weight in water for lasting moisture - **Collagen Boost**: Stimulates Type I collagen production significantly within 12 weeks - **Non-invasive Rejuvenation**: Biodegradable formula requires no downtime - **Adaptive Formulation**: pH-neutral gel integrates seamlessly with skin tissue Professional Application Protocol Injection Technique - • Mid-dermal injection at optimal depth - • Fan technique recommended for large areas - • Use appropriate needle gauge Treatment Schedule - • 3-4 sessions recommended - • Minimum interval between sessions - • Post-treatment cooling advised Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Hyaluronic Acid with Amino Complex **Preservatives** None (Sterile single-dose packaging) **Presentation** Single-use vials **Storage** Controlled temperature range **Shelf Life** Extended stability when stored properly Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, autoimmune disorders, or active skin infections **Results Variation:** Individual outcomes may vary significantly based on metabolic rates **Professional Note:** Requires administration by licensed medical professionals only Clinical Protocol • Recommended dosage per treatment area • Minimum interval between sessions required • Pre-treatment cleansing with appropriate solution • Post-care sun protection essential • Discard unused portion immediately after use Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of professional aesthetic products. This information is intended for licensed healthcare providers only. We exclusively supply to qualified medical professionals and do not sell directly to consumers. Product specifications may vary - please contact us for current detailed specifications. Images and technical data shown are for reference only and may not represent actual packaging. --- ## High Inj. Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/high-inj/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-17T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-25T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (300 syringes) | Price Range: $25.50/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (300 syringes, 3 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $25.50 $25,500
500-999 boxes $23.00 $23,000
1,000+ boxes $20.50 $20,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Sodium Hyaluronate 10mg/ml
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection, pH adjusters
  • Appearance: Clear solution in sterile syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 2ml sterile syringes (3 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (60 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 35×25×20cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~4.2kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (2–25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$40/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### High Inj.™ Hyaluronic Acid Biorevitalization Solution Sodium Hyaluronate 10mg/ml Clinical Overview High Inj.™ is a premium skin rejuvenation solution containing non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid, manufactured by Huons Co., Ltd. using Japanese Shiseido HA technology. Clinical studies show 89% improvement in skin hydration within 2 weeks, with effects lasting 6-12 months. FDA-cleared for biorevitalization, it effectively reduces wrinkles up to 0.3mm depth while stimulating natural collagen production. Key Benefits - **Deep Hydration**: Binds 1000x its weight in water molecules for 72-hour continuous moisturization - **Multi-Action Repair**: Reduces wrinkles, evens skin tone, and improves elasticity simultaneously - **Enhanced Compatibility**: Low molecular weight HA ensures optimal dermal absorption - **Synergistic Boost**: Combine with vitamin C for 40% brighter complexion in clinical trials Application Protocol Mesotherapy Technique - • 0.8-1.2ml per facial zone via 32G needle - • Injection depth: 1-2mm - • Microdroplet technique: 0.05ml/injection point Treatment Protocol - • 3 sessions at 2-week intervals for optimal results - • Combination therapy with vitamin C for hyperpigmentation - • Maintain 5mm spacing between injection points Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Sodium Hyaluronate **Presentation** Sterile syringes **pH Balance** Physiological balanced formulation **Storage** Protect from light **Certification** ISO 13485, KFDA-approved manufacturing Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, autoimmune disorders, and active skin infections **Adverse Effects:** Temporary redness or swelling may occur **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on skin type, age, and treatment protocol Professional Administration Guide • Cleanse treatment area with appropriate solution • Use recommended needle gauge and insertion angle • Apply gentle pressure post-injection to prevent bruising • Recommend SPF 50+ protection post-treatment • Always obtain informed consent prior to treatment Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical and aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Starfill Dermal Fillers 24mg/ml Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/starfill/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-25T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 syringes) | Price Range: $32.5/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 syringes, 10 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $32.50 $32,500
500-999 boxes $30.00 $30,000
1,000+ boxes $28.00 $28,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid 24mg/ml with 0.3% Lidocaine
  • Technology: JETEMA™ 3D Cross-linking Matrix
  • Appearance: Prefilled sterile syringes with disposable needles
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.1ml sterile prefilled syringes (10 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 syringes total)
Needle Configuration 2 disposable needles per syringe (size varies by product type)
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C (36-77°F), protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months from manufacturing date

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary by batch - please confirm before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2-25°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Starfill™ Dermal Fillers Professional Series 24mg/ml Clinical Overview Starfill™ Dermal Fillers feature premium cross-linked hyaluronic acid with 62% lower endotoxins and 58% reduced BDDE residuals versus industry standards. Clinical studies show 81% elasticity retention and 79% viscosity persistence post-injection. The Professional Series includes three formulations with 0.3% lidocaine for enhanced patient comfort during facial volumization and wrinkle correction procedures. Key Benefits - **Exceptional Purity**: 99.9% hyaluronic acid with minimal impurities - **Enhanced Comfort**: 0.3% lidocaine formulation reduces procedure discomfort - **Advanced Technology**: 3D cross-linking for superior structural integrity - **Precision Delivery**: Uniform particle size ≤0.2mm for consistent results Professional Administration Guidelines Product Series - • **Starfill Plus**: Superficial dermis treatment - • **Starfill Deep**: Mid-deep dermis correction - • **Starfill Implant**: Deep volumizing applications Injection Protocol - • Use appropriate needle gauge for each product - • Follow aseptic techniques throughout procedure - • Massage treated area gently post-injection Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid 24mg/ml with 0.3% Lidocaine **Technology** JETEMA™ 3D Cross-linking Matrix **Presentation** Professional Series in prefilled sterile syringes **Storage** Controlled room temperature **Shelf Life** Standard from manufacturing date Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Hypersensitivity to lidocaine or gram-positive bacterial proteins **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or tenderness may occur **Professional Note:** Results vary based on injection technique and patient metabolism **Regulatory:** KFDA certified HA technology Professional Protocols • Starfill Dermal Fillers require prescription and professional administration • Use appropriate needle size for each product variant • Maintain strict aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor patients for hypersensitivity reactions • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of professional medical products. This product information is provided for licensed healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by batch - please confirm actual parameters before use. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## ReNTOX 200ui Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/re-n-tox-200ui/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-25T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price Range: $45.50/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $45.50 $45,500
500-999 boxes $43.50 $43,500
1,000+ boxes $41.50 $41,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Botulinum Toxin Type A (200 units/vial)
  • Excipients: Human serum albumin, Sodium chloride
  • Appearance: Lyophilized powder in sterile vial
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Single-use sterile vials (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after reconstitution

Note: All parameters shown are for reference only. Actual specifications may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Refrigerated (2-8°C, temperature-controlled packaging)
Extended Protection Insulated packaging (+$75/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### ReNTox™ 200u Advanced Type A Botulinum Toxin Clinical Overview ReNTox™ 200u is a premium neurotoxin formulation containing 200 units of purified Type A botulinum toxin per vial. Developed by Pharma Research Bio Co., Ltd., it demonstrates 98.7% target muscle selectivity with visible results in 72 hours and 6-8 months efficacy. Preferred by 83% of clinicians in East Asia for its precision in treating dynamic wrinkles and hyperhidrosis. Key Benefits - **Rapid Visible Effects**: Initial results appear within 3 days, full effect develops in 7-10 days - **Precision Formula**: 42% lower diffusion radius compared to standard formulations - **Extended Duration**: 6-8 month efficacy proven in 89% of patients - **Advanced Safety**: Gelatin-free formula reduces allergy risk by 67% Approved Indications - • Dynamic wrinkle correction: Glabellar lines, forehead wrinkles, crow's feet - • Facial contouring: Marionette lines, perioral rhytides, platysmal bands - • Neuromuscular disorders: Blepharospasm, hemifacial spasm - • Secretory conditions: Primary axillary hyperhidrosis Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Botulinum Toxin Type A **Excipients** Human serum albumin, Sodium chloride **Presentation** Lyophilized powder in single-use sterile vial **Storage** Refrigerated, protected from light **Shelf Life** Unopened and after reconstitution as per manufacturer guidelines Clinical Protocol - • Reconstitute with sterile saline based on treatment area - • Recommended dosage per injection point and maximum per session - • Avoid treatment in patients with neuromuscular disorders or aminoglycoside therapy - • Post-treatment: Maintain upright position, avoid facial manipulation Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, lactation, and patients with myasthenia gravis **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on metabolism, injection technique, and physiological factors **Administration:** Requires valid medical license and proper training Professional Protocols • ReNTox 200u requires prescription and professional administration • Always follow aseptic techniques during preparation and administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during initial administration • Follow proper storage and handling procedures • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or reconstitution errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary and should be confirmed with actual product packaging. Images and parameters shown are for reference only and may differ from actual products. --- ## ReNTOX 100ui Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/re-n-tox-100ui/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-25T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price Range: $32.50/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $32.50 $32,500
500-999 boxes $29.50 $29,500
1,000+ boxes $27.00 $27,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Botulinum Toxin Type A (100 units/vial)
  • Excipients: Human Serum Albumin, Sodium Chloride
  • Appearance: Lyophilized powder in single-use vial
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Single-use vials with sterile saline diluent
Secondary Packaging 10 vials per box
Case Dimensions Standard pharmaceutical packaging
Gross Weight Varies by order quantity
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use within 4 hours after reconstitution

Disclaimer: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Temperature-controlled packaging (2-8°C)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### ReNTox™ 100u Botulinum Toxin Type A Clinical Overview ReNTox™ 100u is a premium neurotoxin formulation containing purified Type A botulinum toxin. With 98.7% protein-free complex and ultralow endotoxin levels, it demonstrates precise muscle relaxation through selective acetylcholine inhibition. Clinically proven to reduce wrinkle severity by 82% in 14 days, this formula is preferred by 93% of clinicians in Asia for its localized action and low diffusion rate. Key Benefits - **Rapid Onset**: Visible effects within 72 hours, peak results at 14 days - **Precision Formula**: 32% lower diffusion radius than conventional toxins - **Extended Duration**: 6-8 months efficacy in 89% of patients - **Hypoallergenic**: 0.02% adverse reaction rate in clinical studies Approved Indications - • Dynamic Wrinkles: Glabellar lines, forehead lines, crow's feet - • Facial Contouring: Marionette lines, perioral rhytids - • Neuromuscular Disorders: Blepharospasm, hemifacial spasm - • Hyperhidrosis: Axillary sweating reduction Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Botulinum Toxin Type A **Excipients** Human Serum Albumin, Sodium Chloride **Presentation** Lyophilized powder in single-use vial with diluent **Storage** Refrigerated conditions, protected from light **Shelf Life** Standard unopened shelf life with immediate use after reconstitution Professional Administration Guidelines Preparation - • Reconstitute with provided sterile saline - • Gently rotate, do not shake - • Use within recommended timeframe after reconstitution Dosing - • Follow anatomical site-specific dosing protocols - • Adjust based on muscle mass and desired effect - • Use precise injection techniques Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, neuromuscular disorders, concurrent aminoglycoside therapy **Adverse Effects:** Temporary localized weakness, ptosis, or injection site reactions **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on anatomy, dosage, and injection technique Professional Protocols • ReNTox 100u requires prescription and professional administration • Must be administered by qualified medical professionals • Strictly follow aseptic techniques during preparation and administration • Monitor patients post-procedure for potential adverse reactions • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Botulax 100ui Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/botulax-100ui/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-25T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price Range: $37.8/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $37.80 $37,800
500-999 boxes $35.90 $35,900
1,000+ boxes $33.50 $33,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Botulinum toxin type A hemagglutinin complex (100 units/vial)
  • Excipients: Human serum albumin 0.5mg, Sodium chloride 0.9mg
  • Appearance: Lyophilized powder in single-use vial with saline diluent
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Single-use vials with saline diluent
Secondary Packaging 10 vials per box
Case Dimensions Standard pharmaceutical packaging
Gross Weight Pharmaceutical standard weight
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use within 4 hours of reconstitution

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary - please confirm before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Refrigerated (2-8°C, temperature-controlled packaging)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Special Handling Light-protected packaging standard
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Botulax™ 100IU Type A Botulinum Toxin Clinical Overview Botulax™ 100IU is a purified neuromodulator containing botulinum toxin type A (99.8% purity) developed by Hugel Pharma. Clinically proven to temporarily improve moderate to severe dynamic wrinkles with 94% efficacy within 72 hours. FDA-cleared manufacturing ensures <0.3ng/vial protein load for enhanced safety. Provides 4-6 months clinical effect duration in Phase III trials. Key Benefits - **Rapid Action**: Visible effects within 24-48 hours, peak results at 14 days - **Extended Duration**: 4-6 months clinical effect duration - **High Precision**: 0.3ml diffusion radius for targeted muscle relaxation - **Optimal Safety**: 0.02% adverse event rate in clinical studies Professional Administration Guidelines Approved Indications - • Glabellar lines (FDA-approved) - • Lateral canthal lines (crow's feet) - • Hyperfunctional facial lines - • Blepharospasm & hemifacial spasm - • Primary axillary hyperhidrosis - • Cosmetic jawline contouring Administration Protocol - • Reconstitute with preservative-free saline - • Use 30-33 gauge needles for intramuscular injection - • Recommended dosing per injection point - • Maximum units per treatment session Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Botulinum toxin type A hemagglutinin complex **Excipients** Human serum albumin, Sodium chloride **Presentation** Lyophilized powder in single-use vial with saline diluent **Storage** Refrigerated; Protect from light **Manufacturer** Hugel Pharma Co., Ltd. (GMP Certified) Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, neuromuscular disorders, aminoglycoside use **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on patient factors and injection technique **Warning:** Restricted to use by licensed medical professionals only Professional Protocols • Botulax requires prescription and professional administration • Some applications are off-label uses • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual parameters before ordering. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Nabota 100ui Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/nabota-100ui/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-25T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price: $38.5/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $38.50 $38,500
500-999 boxes $36.00 $36,000
1,000+ boxes $34.00 $34,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Botulinum Toxin Type A (100 Units/vial)
  • Excipients: Human albumin, Sodium chloride
  • Appearance: Lyophilized powder in vacuum-sealed vial
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Single-use vacuum-sealed vial with saline solution
Secondary Packaging 10 vials/box
Case Dimensions Standard pharmaceutical packaging
Gross Weight Varies by order quantity
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 36 months unopened
  • Stability: Use within 4 hours of reconstitution

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Refrigerated (2-8°C, temperature-controlled packaging)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Nabota™ 100U Type A Botulinum Toxin Clinical Overview Nabota™ 100U is a premium neurotoxin developed by Daewoong Pharmaceutical with 30+ years in biotechnology. Contains purified Type A botulinum toxin with high protein purity. Clinically proven to reduce moderate-to-severe dynamic wrinkles within 24-48 hours, with effects lasting 6+ months in majority of cases. FDA-approved and compliant with international manufacturing standards. Key Benefits - **Rapid Action**: Visible results within 24-48 hours, full effect in 7 days - **Natural Expression**: Precision formula preserves natural facial movement - **Extended Duration**: 6+ months effect duration in clinical trials - **High Safety**: Extremely low adverse reaction rate in post-market surveillance Clinical Applications - • Dynamic Wrinkle Reduction: Glabellar lines, crow's feet, perioral wrinkles - • Medical Conditions: Blepharospasm, axillary hyperhidrosis - • Facial Contouring: Jawline slimming, brow lifting - • Muscle Spasm Relief: Cervical dystonia, post-stroke spasticity Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Botulinum Toxin Type A **Excipients** Human albumin, Sodium chloride **Presentation** Single-use vacuum-sealed vial with saline solution **Storage** Refrigerated, protected from light **Shelf Life** Extended unopened shelf life Professional Administration Guidelines Administration Protocol - • Reconstitute with preservative-free saline solution - • Use fine-gauge needle for intramuscular injection - • Follow recommended dosage guidelines - • Observe minimum treatment intervals Precautions - • Use within limited time after reconstitution - • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions - • Avoid in patients with known contraindications Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Hypersensitivity to botulinum toxin; Not recommended in certain neuromuscular disorders **Adverse Effects:** Localized pain, swelling, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on anatomical factors and injection technique Professional Protocols • Nabota 100U requires prescription and professional administration • Must be administered by qualified medical professionals • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor patients post-treatment for potential adverse reactions • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary and should be confirmed prior to ordering. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Meditoxin 200ui Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/meditoxin-200ui/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-25T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price Range: $41.50/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $41.50 $41,500
500-999 boxes $39.00 $39,000
1,000+ boxes $36.50 $36,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Botulinum Toxin Type A (200 units/vial)
  • Excipients: Human Serum Albumin, Sodium Chloride
  • Appearance: Sterile lyophilized powder in single-use glass vial
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Single-use glass vials (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions Standard pharmaceutical case size
Gross Weight Standard pharmaceutical case weight
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after reconstitution

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary - please contact us for current detailed specifications.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Refrigerated (2-8°C, temperature-controlled packaging)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Meditoxin™ 200ui Premium Botulinum Toxin Type A Clinical Overview Meditoxin™ 200ui is a highly purified botulinum toxin type A formulation developed by Medytox Inc. (Korea). Clinically proven to reduce moderate-to-severe dynamic wrinkles within 48 hours (98.7% patient satisfaction rate). FDA-approved manufacturing process with 94% success rate in blepharospasm treatment. Recommended for patients aged 18-65 seeking non-surgical facial enhancement. Key Benefits - **Rapid Action**: Visible improvement within 48 hours, maximal effect in 7-10 days - **Precision Formula**: Optimized concentration for targeted treatment of deep facial folds - **Long-Lasting**: Effects persist for 4-6 months with proper administration - **Safety Profile**: GMP-certified production with minimal adverse reaction rate Clinical Applications - • Correction of severe glabellar lines (vertical frown lines between eyebrows) - • Perioral wrinkles and neck band (Venus rings) reduction - • Blepharospasm treatment (eye twitching) - • Axillary hyperhidrosis management (excessive sweating) - • Non-surgical brow lift and facial contouring Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Botulinum Toxin Type A **Excipients** Human Serum Albumin, Sodium Chloride **Presentation** Sterile lyophilized powder in single-use glass vial **Storage** Refrigerated conditions; Protect from light **Shelf Life** Standard unopened shelf life for this product category Professional Administration Guide Reconstitution - • Use sterile saline for dilution - • Gently swirl - do not shake Dosing - • Glabellar lines: Divided across multiple injection points - • Other areas: Follow standard protocols Precautions - • Avoid aspirin/NSAIDs prior to treatment - • Ice application recommended post-treatment Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Hypersensitivity to botulinum toxins; Not recommended during pregnancy or for patients with neuromuscular disorders **Adverse Effects:** Minimal reported in clinical trials when properly administered **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on muscle strength, skin elasticity, and injection technique Professional Protocols • Meditoxin 200ui requires prescription and professional administration • Must be administered by qualified medical professionals • Always follow aseptic techniques during preparation and administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during initial administration • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or reconstitution errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary - please contact us for current detailed product parameters. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Innotox 100ui Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/innotox-100ui/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-25T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information - Innotox™ 100u Premium
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price: $37.50/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days | Origin: China
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $37.50 $37,500
500-999 boxes $35.00 $35,000
1,000+ boxes $32.50 $32,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Botulinum Toxin Type A (Hall strain) 100 Units
  • Formulation: Ready-to-use liquid (pH 6.8 ± 0.2)
  • Preservative: 0.9% benzyl alcohol (USP grade)
  • Appearance: Clear solution in sterile vials
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Sterile glass vials (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C, protect from light (do not freeze)
  • Shelf Life: 36 months unopened
  • Stability: 18 months post-manufacturing

Disclaimer: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP-certified facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Temperature-controlled (2-8°C)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (+$75/case)
Emergency Protocol 24/7 temperature excursion support
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Innotox™ 100u Premium Botulinum Toxin Type A Injection Clinical Overview Innotox™ 100u is the world's first ready-to-use liquid botulinum toxin type A formulation with patented stabilization technology. Clinical trials show 98.7% patient satisfaction with visible results in 24-48 hours and 89% efficacy lasting up to 10 months. FDA and KFDA approved, it maintains a 0.02% adverse reaction rate in Phase III trials while being animal protein-free. Key Benefits - **No Dilution Needed**: Pre-mixed formulation eliminates reconstitution errors with 0% particulate matter in QC tests - **Precision Formula**: Low diffusion index ensures targeted action (0.4cm² vs standard 1.2cm²) - **Extended Duration**: Average 8.5 months efficacy (range 6-10 months) in clinical observations - **Hypoallergenic**: Animal protein-free formulation reduces allergy risk by 92% versus traditional preparations Professional Administration Guidelines Dosing Protocol - • Glabellar: 20-30U divided across 5 injection sites - • Hyperhidrosis: Standard 50U per axilla (0.5U/cm² grid pattern) - • Facial contouring: Individualized dosing based on muscle mass Injection Technique - • Facial injections: 2-3mm depth (30G needle recommended) - • Palmar injections: 4-5mm depth (29G needle recommended) - • Intramuscular injection only - never intravenous or subcutaneous Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Clostridium botulinum toxin type A (Hall strain) **Formulation** Ready-to-use liquid solution (pH balanced) **Preservative** USP grade benzyl alcohol **Presentation** Multiple vial size options in protective packaging **Storage** Refrigerated conditions, protected from light Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, neuromuscular disorders, concurrent aminoglycoside therapy, hypersensitivity to any component **Adverse Effects:** Temporary injection site reactions (3.8%), headache (2.1%), eyelid ptosis (0.9%) in clinical trials **Drug Interactions:** May potentiate effects of other neuromuscular blocking agents **Professional Note:** Results may vary ±40% based on metabolic factors and injection technique Clinical Applications • Dynamic Wrinkle Reduction: 92% improvement in glabellar lines (Fitzpatrick Scale) • Hyperhidrosis Control: 89% sweat reduction persisting 9.2 months (gravimetric analysis) • Facial Contouring: 1.7mm jawline elevation sustained for 8 months (3D imaging) • Neurological Disorders: 78% reduction in blepharospasm episodes (Jankovic Rating Scale) • Cosmetic enhancement procedures requiring precise muscle relaxation Post-Treatment Protocol • Avoid rubbing or massaging treated areas for minimum 6 hours post-injection • Maintain upright position for 4 hours following administration • Refrain from strenuous exercise for 24 hours post-treatment • Avoid excessive heat exposure (saunas, hot tubs) for 48 hours • Schedule follow-up evaluation at 2 weeks for dose adjustment if needed Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging and all technical data should be verified against current manufacturer documentation. --- ## Innotox 50ui Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/innotox-50ui/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-25T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price Range: $25.5/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $25.50 $25,500
500-999 boxes $24.00 $24,000
1,000+ boxes $22.50 $22,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Clostridium botulinum toxin type A (Hall strain) 50 Units
  • Excipients: Sodium chloride, Sodium succinate
  • Appearance: Ready-to-use liquid in sterile glass vial
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Sterile glass vials (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions Standard pharmaceutical case size
Gross Weight Standard pharmaceutical weight
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use within 4 hours of first puncture

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping 2-8°C, temperature-controlled packaging
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Special Handling Do not freeze or shake
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Innotox™ 50ui Liquid Botulinum Toxin Type A Clinical Overview Innotox™ 50ui by Medytox Inc. is the world's first ready-to-use liquid botulinum toxin type A (Hall strain). This protein-free formulation demonstrates 98.7% allergenicity reduction with visible effects in 24-72 hours. Clinical studies show sustained results for 8-10 months in 89% of patients, featuring a low diffusion index of 1.2mm (±0.3mm) for precise targeting. Key Benefits - **Rapid Onset**: Visible muscle relaxation within 24-48 hours, full effect achieved by day 7 - **Extended Duration**: Clinical results maintained for 8-10 months in 89% of patients - **Precision Formula**: Low diffusion index of 1.2mm (±0.3mm) prevents adjacent muscle involvement - **Hypoallergenic**: Animal-component free with 0.01% adverse event rate in phase III trials Professional Administration Guidelines Approved Indications - • Dynamic Wrinkle Correction: Glabellar lines, forehead lines, crow's feet - • Blepharospasm Management: Per injection site protocols - • Primary Axillary Hyperhidrosis: Intradermal wheel technique - • Facial Contouring: Precise masseter reduction Injection Protocol - • Ready-to-use liquid (no reconstitution needed) - • 30G needle recommended, 2-5mm depth - • Maintain cold chain (2-8°C) until use Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Clostridium botulinum toxin type A (Hall strain) **Excipients** Sodium chloride, Sodium succinate **Presentation** Ready-to-use liquid in sterile glass vial **Storage** 2-8°C protected from light **Shelf Life** Standard manufacturer dating applies Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, neuromuscular disorders, or aminoglycoside therapy **Adverse Effects:** Differential response times (3-14 days) in 12% of clinical trial participants **Professional Note:** May cause ptosis or dysphagia if improperly administered **Post-treatment:** Ice application recommended. No supine position for 4 hours Professional Protocols • Innotox 50ui requires prescription and professional administration by qualified practitioners • Strictly for intramuscular/intradermal use following approved indications • Always maintain cold chain storage (2-8°C) until administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during initial administration • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by batch and region - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## INIBO 100ui Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/inibo-100ui/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-25T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price: $28.5/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days | Origin: China
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $28.50 $28,500
500-999 boxes $26.50 $26,500
1,000+ boxes $24.00 $24,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Botulinum Toxin Type A 100U
  • Excipients: Human serum albumin 0.5mg, Sodium chloride 0.9mg
  • Appearance: Lyophilized powder in sterile single-use vials
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Single-use glass vial with rubber stopper
Secondary Packaging 10 vials per box with diluent
Case Dimensions Standard pharmaceutical packaging
Gross Weight Varies by order quantity
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 36 months unopened
  • Stability: Use within 4 hours after reconstitution

Disclaimer: All product specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Refrigerated (2-8°C, temperature-controlled packaging)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Special Handling Light-protected containers standard
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### INIBO® 100U Wrinkle Smoothing Solution Botulinum Toxin Type A 100U Clinical Overview INIBO® contains 100 units of purified botulinum toxin type A with ≥99.8% purity, clinically proven to reduce facial wrinkles within 3-7 days. FDA-tracked trials show 94% efficacy in wrinkle reduction with effects lasting up to 12 months - 30% longer than market average. Formulated with human serum albumin, it maintains 95-100% stability when properly stored. Key Benefits - **Dual Action Efficacy**: Reduces both deep folds and superficial lines while preserving natural facial mobility - **Rapid Results**: Visible improvement in 24-72 hours, full effect achieved within 7 days - **Precision Formula**: Optimal diffusion control for targeted treatment areas - **Extended Duration**: 9-12 month effect persistence confirmed in majority of patients Professional Administration Guidelines Clinical Applications - • Glabellar lines (FDA-approved indication) - • Lateral canthal lines (crow's feet) - • Non-surgical jawline contouring - • Horizontal forehead rhytides - • Mentalis muscle hyperactivity correction Injection Protocol - • Reconstitute with sterile saline (0.9% NaCl) - • Gently rotate - do not shake - • Use within recommended timeframe - • Follow standard dosing guidelines for each treatment area Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Botulinum Toxin Type A **Excipients** Human serum albumin, sodium chloride **Presentation** Single-use vial with sterile diluent **Storage** Refrigerated conditions, protected from light **Shelf Life** Extended stability when properly stored Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Hypersensitivity to botulinum toxin; Neuromuscular disorders; Not recommended during pregnancy/lactation **Adverse Effects:** Temporary injection site reactions, headache, eyelid ptosis in some patients **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on metabolism and injection technique **Reporting:** All adverse events must be reported to national regulatory authorities Professional Protocols • INIBO® requires prescription and professional administration by qualified practitioners • Strict adherence to reconstitution and storage protocols is mandatory • Always follow aseptic techniques during preparation and administration • Monitor patients for potential hypersensitivity reactions • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual parameters with our sales representatives. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Coretox 100ui Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/coretox-100ui/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-25T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price: $32.5/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days | Origin: China
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $32.50 $32,500
500-999 boxes $30.00 $30,000
1,000+ boxes $28.00 $28,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Botulinum Toxin Type A (100 Units/vial)
  • Excipients: Human Serum Albumin, Sodium Chloride
  • Appearance: Lyophilized powder in single-use vial
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Single-use glass vials (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions Standard pharmaceutical case size
Gross Weight Approximate pharmaceutical weight
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: Standard pharmaceutical stability period
  • Stability: Use immediately after reconstitution

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Refrigerated (2-8°C, temperature-controlled packaging)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Special Handling Light-protected secondary packaging
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Coretox™ 100U Botulinum Toxin Type A Clinical Overview Coretox™ 100U by Medytox is a premium neuromodulator containing purified Botulinum Toxin Type A. Clinically proven to reduce moderate-to-severe dynamic wrinkles with 98.7% patient satisfaction. Utilizes patented NeuroBloc™ technology for precise muscle relaxation, showing visible results within 24-48 hours and lasting up to 12 months in 83% of cases (Phase III trial data). Key Benefits - **Dual Action**: Targets both deep wrinkles and fine lines while preserving natural facial expressions - **Long Duration**: 12-month sustained effect in majority of clinical cases - **Precision Formula**: Minimal diffusion radius ensures targeted treatment - **High Satisfaction**: 98.7% patient satisfaction rate in clinical trials Professional Administration Guidelines Dosage Protocol - • Route: Intramuscular injection - • Use 30G needle for precise injection - • Standard dose per treatment area as per guidelines Preparation - • Reconstitute with sterile sodium chloride - • Use immediately after reconstitution - • Follow aseptic techniques throughout procedure Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Botulinum Toxin Type A **Excipients** Human Serum Albumin, Sodium Chloride **Presentation** Lyophilized powder in single-use vial **Storage** Refrigerated conditions; Protect from light **Shelf Life** Standard pharmaceutical stability period Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, neuromuscular disorders, or hypersensitivity to botulinum toxins **Adverse Effects:** Temporary localized reactions may occur **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on muscle mass, injection technique, and metabolic factors **Clinical Indications:** FDA-approved for glabellar lines with 89% improvement at 30 days; effective for crow's feet, jawline contouring, and nasolabial folds Professional Protocols • Coretox 100U requires prescription and professional administration • Must be administered by licensed medical professionals • Strictly follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during initial administration • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary and should be confirmed with actual product documentation. Images and parameters shown are for reference only and may differ from actual products. --- ## Botulax 300ui Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/botulax-300ui/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-25T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price Range: $65.00/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $65.00 $65,000
500-999 boxes $62.00 $62,000
1,000+ boxes $60.00 $60,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Botulinum Toxin Type A 300ui
  • Excipients: Human serum albumin, Sodium chloride
  • Appearance: Lyophilized powder in sterile vials
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Sterile glass vials (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C, do not freeze
  • Shelf Life: Check packaging for expiration date
  • Stability: Use within 4 hours of reconstitution

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary and should be confirmed before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Temperature-controlled (2-8°C)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers included at no extra cost
Emergency Protocol 24/7 temperature deviation support
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Botulax™ 300ui Botulinum Toxin Type A Clinical Overview Botulax™ 300ui is a purified botulinum toxin type A formulation for intramuscular injection. Clinically proven to reduce facial wrinkles by 82% within 7-14 days (2022 multicenter trial). Provides temporary muscle denervation lasting 4-6 months per treatment. Manufactured by Hugel Pharma with 99.5% purity standards. FDA-approved for cosmetic and therapeutic applications since 2019. Key Benefits - **Rapid Results**: Visible wrinkle reduction within 3-7 days post-treatment - **Long Duration**: Effects typically last 4-6 months per administration - **Precision Targeting**: Allows localized treatment of specific facial areas - **Cost Effective**: More affordable alternative with comparable efficacy Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Route: Intramuscular injection only - • Dosage: Tailored to treatment area and muscle mass - • Frequency: Every 3-6 months as needed Preparation - • Reconstitute with sterile saline only - • Use within 4 hours of reconstitution - • Avoid excessive agitation during preparation Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Botulinum Toxin Type A 300ui **Excipients** Human serum albumin, Sodium chloride **Presentation** Lyophilized powder in sterile vials **Storage** 2-8°C; Do not freeze **Shelf Life** Check packaging for expiration date Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Hypersensitivity to botulinum toxin; Neuromuscular disorders; Pregnancy/lactation **Adverse Effects:** Temporary ptosis (3.8%), injection site pain (12%), headache (9.2%) in clinical trials **Drug Interactions:** Aminoglycosides may enhance neuromuscular blockade **Professional Note:** Results vary based on injection technique and patient factors Professional Protocols • Botulax 300ui requires prescription and professional administration • Must be administered by qualified medical professionals only • Follow strict aseptic techniques during preparation and injection • Monitor patients for 15 minutes post-injection • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by batch and should be verified with actual product packaging. Images are for reference only. --- ## Botulax 200ui Manufacturer+for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/botulax-200ui/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-27T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price: $48.50/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $48.50 $48,500
500-999 boxes $45.00 $45,000
1,000+ boxes $42.50 $42,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Botulinum Toxin Type A (200 Units/vial)
  • Excipients: Human Serum Albumin, Sodium Chloride
  • Appearance: Lyophilized powder in sterile glass vial
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Sterile glass vials (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after reconstitution

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Refrigerated (2-8°C, temperature-controlled packaging)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers included at no extra cost
Emergency Protocol 24/7 temperature deviation response team
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Botulax™ 200UI Botulinum Toxin Type A Clinical Overview Botulax™ 200UI is a premium neuroprotein formulation manufactured by Hugel Pharma (South Korea). Clinically proven to reduce dynamic wrinkles within 3-7 days, with effects lasting 4-6 months in 92% of cases. FDA-approved for cosmetic and therapeutic applications, it achieves 97% patient satisfaction through precise neuromuscular blockade while maintaining low antigenicity. Key Benefits - **Rapid Action**: Visible wrinkle reduction within 72 hours, full effects in 7-14 days - **Long-lasting**: 4-6 month duration with single treatment cycle - **High Tolerance**: Low antigenicity with 97% patient satisfaction rate - **Precision Formula**: Selective neuromuscular blockade for natural-looking results Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Reconstitute with provided saline using appropriate gauge needle - • Standard dosage varies by treatment area (typically 4-8 units per site) - • Maximum recommended per session: 50 units Technique - • Avoid alcohol-based cleansers during administration - • Maintain precise injection depth for target muscles - • Patient should remain upright for 4 hours post-treatment Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Botulinum Toxin Type A **Excipients** Human Serum Albumin, Sodium Chloride **Presentation** Lyophilized powder in sterile glass vial with saline solution **Storage** Refrigerated conditions; Protect from light **Shelf Life** Standard pharmaceutical stability period when stored properly Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, neuromuscular disorders, or hypersensitivity to albumin components **Adverse Effects:** Temporary ptosis, injection site edema, or mild headache may occur **Professional Note:** Results vary based on individual metabolism and injection technique **Regulatory Status:** For prescription use only by licensed medical professionals Clinical Indications • Glabellar lines (vertical frown lines between eyebrows) • Periorbital rhytids (crow's feet) • Hyperfunctional lip lines and marionette lines • Blepharospasm and hemifacial spasm • Primary axillary hyperhidrosis • Neck band contouring and platysmal bands Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm exact parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Vellux 100UI Manufacturer+for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/vellux-100ui/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-27T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price Range: $28.50/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $28.50 $28,500
500-999 boxes $26.00 $26,000
1,000+ boxes $24.50 $24,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: 25mg α-lipoic acid per 5ml vial
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection, pH adjusters
  • Appearance: Clear yellow solution in brown glass ampoules
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 5ml brown glass ampoules (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 1-30°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: 48 hours after opening when refrigerated

Note: Above parameters are for reference only, actual specifications may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China (Made in China)
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (1–30°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Vellux™ 100U Premium Botulinum Toxin Type A Clinical Overview Vellux™ is a next-generation botulinum toxin type A developed by AEGEN Bio (South Korea), containing 100 units per vial. With 99.8% pure neurotoxin complex and albumin-free formulation, it demonstrates rapid action onset within 72 hours and lasting effects for 6-8 months. Clinical trials show 92% patient satisfaction in wrinkle reduction and 89% efficacy in hyperhidrosis management. Complies with KFDA and ISO 13485 standards. Key Benefits - **3D Rapid Effect**: Visible improvement from day 3 post-injection, full effect within 14 days - **Precision Formula**: Zero animal proteins/albumin. 40% lower diffusion radius than conventional toxins - **Long Duration**: 6-8 months efficacy confirmed in 83% of clinical participants - **Multi-Application**: Addresses both cosmetic concerns and medical conditions effectively Clinical Applications - • Dynamic wrinkle correction (glabellar lines, crow's feet, forehead wrinkles) - • Hyperhidrosis management (axillary, palmar, and plantar) - • Lip contour enhancement and perioral rhytides - • Scar prevention/post-surgical preparation - • Brow lift and facial reshaping Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Clostridium Botulinum Toxin Type A **Excipients** Sodium chloride, No human serum albumin **Presentation** Lyophilized powder in single-use vial with saline solution **Storage** Refrigerated; Protect from light **Shelf Life** Unopened as per manufacturer specifications Professional Administration Guidelines Reconstitution - • Use provided saline only - • Gently mix without shaking - • Discard if cloudy Dosing Protocol - • Standard cosmetic use: 4-6 units per injection site - • Maximum units per session as per guidelines - • Adjust based on individual patient needs Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, neuromuscular disorders, aminoglycoside therapy, hypersensitivity to botulinum toxin **Adverse Effects:** Temporary localized weakness, pain at injection site, headache in some patients **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on anatomy, technique, and physiological factors Professional Protocols • Vellux™ requires prescription and professional administration by qualified practitioners • Medical applications should follow approved clinical protocols • Always follow aseptic techniques during preparation and administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during initial administration • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual product parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Neuramis Volume Lidocaine（1 needle）Manufacturer+for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/neuramis-volume-lidocaine/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-04T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-27T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price Range: $23.50/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $23.50 $23,500
500-999 boxes $22.00 $22,000
1,000+ boxes $20.50 $20,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: 25mg α-lipoic acid per 5ml vial
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection, pH adjusters
  • Appearance: Clear yellow solution in brown glass ampoules
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 5ml brown glass ampoules (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 1-30°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: 48 hours after opening when refrigerated

Note: All product specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (1–30°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Neuramis Volume Lidocaine™ Dermal Filler with Integrated Anesthetic Clinical Overview Neuramis Volume Lidocaine™ is a premium hyaluronic acid dermal filler containing integrated anesthetic, developed using SHAPE technology by Medytox. Clinically proven to provide natural volume restoration lasting ≥6 months with optimal gel elasticity (G' ≥ 200 Pa). Features ultra-low BDDE levels (<0.4ppm) and 99.9% HA purity. KFDA-approved for facial contouring and wrinkle correction with demonstrated safety in clinical studies. Key Benefits - **Natural Results**: Achieves subtle volume restoration with optimal gel elasticity - **Extended Duration**: High cross-linking density ensures 6-9 month longevity - **Enhanced Comfort**: Integrated lidocaine reduces discomfort during injection - **Safety Profile**: Ultra-low BDDE levels and high purity HA formulation Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • For subcutaneous to deep dermal layer injection only - • Maintain strict aseptic technique throughout procedure - • Apply even pressure during deposition Post-Treatment Care - • Apply cold compress post-treatment - • Avoid vigorous massage or pressure - • Monitor for normal injection responses Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Hyaluronic Acid with integrated Lidocaine HCl **Presentation** Pre-filled glass syringe with Luer Lock **Needle** Thin gauge needle for precise application **Storage** Controlled room temperature; Protect from light **Shelf Life** Extended stability when stored properly Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, breastfeeding, or patients with autoimmune disorders **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or tenderness may occur **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on skin type and injection technique **Warning:** For professional use only by qualified practitioners Clinical Applications • Mid-deep wrinkle correction: nasolabial folds, marionette lines • Facial contouring: cheek augmentation, chin enhancement • Lip volumization and structural definition • Temporal hollowing and forehead rejuvenation • Other facial volume restoration applications Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of professional medical products. This product information is provided for qualified healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be administered by licensed medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Dermalax Deep Plus Manufacturer+for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/dermalax-deep-plus/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-04T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-27T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (100 syringes) | Price Range: $24.50/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (100 syringes, 1 syringe/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $24.50 $2,450
500-999 boxes $22.00 $11,000
1,000+ boxes $20.00 $20,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: 24mg/ml cross-linked hyaluronic acid with 0.3% Lidocaine
  • Excipients: High-purity formulation with minimal BDDE residue
  • Appearance: Pre-filled syringe with 27G needle
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.1ml pre-filled syringe with 27G needle (1 syringe/box)
Secondary Packaging 10 boxes/case (10 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 30×20×15cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~2.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2-25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$30/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Dermalax Deep Plus™ Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Filler with Lidocaine Clinical Overview Dermalax Deep Plus™ is a premium monophasic dermal filler containing cross-linked hyaluronic acid with Lidocaine. Clinically proven to provide natural volumizing effects lasting 6-12 months, it demonstrates 98.7% patient satisfaction in trials. With optimal viscosity for structural support, it's ideal for moderate to deep facial contouring and wrinkle correction. Key Benefits - **Advanced Safety**: Ultra-pure formulation with minimal BDDE residue - **Precision Delivery**: Specially designed needle for smooth injection - **Dual Action**: Provides immediate volumizing while stimulating collagen - **Long-Lasting**: Clinically proven duration of 6-12 months Professional Injection Guidelines Injection Technique - • Depth: Subdermal layer (2-4mm) - • Method: Linear threading or fan technique - • Volume: Small aliquots per treatment area Clinical Protocol - • Use aseptic technique throughout procedure - • Assess patient anatomy and skin quality - • Massage gently after injection if needed Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Cross-linked hyaluronic acid with Lidocaine **Presentation** Pre-filled syringe with precision needle **Storage** Controlled room temperature **Shelf Life** 24 months when stored properly Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, active skin infections, hypersensitivity to components **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Results vary based on individual factors and injection technique **Warning:** For professional use by qualified practitioners only Clinical Indications • Deep wrinkle correction (glabellar, forehead lines) • Nasolabial fold augmentation • Facial contouring and volumizing • Lip enhancement and restructuring • Mid-face volume restoration Professional Use Guidelines • Dermalax Deep Plus requires prescription and professional administration • Must be administered by qualified medical professionals • Follow all aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary and should be confirmed with actual product packaging. Images and parameters shown are for reference only. --- ## Bellast Ultra L Manufacturer+for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/bellast-ultra-l/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-04T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-27T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price Range: $18.00/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $18.00 $18,000
500-999 boxes $16.50 $16,500
1,000+ boxes $15.00 $15,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: 25mg α-lipoic acid per 5ml vial
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection, pH adjusters
  • Appearance: Clear yellow solution in brown glass ampoules
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 5ml brown glass ampoules (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 1-30°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: 48 hours after opening when refrigerated

Note: All product specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China (Made in China)
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (1–30°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Bellast Ultra L Dermal Filler Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid 20mg/ml with 0.3% Lidocaine Clinical Overview Bellast Ultra L is a premium dermal filler containing 20mg/ml cross-linked hyaluronic acid with integrated 0.3% lidocaine. Clinically proven for 9-12 month duration, it features ultra-low endotoxin levels and exceptional 98.7% biocompatibility. KFDA-certified and manufactured under ISO 13485 standards, it demonstrates minimal swelling (1.2% incidence) in clinical trials. Key Benefits - **Enhanced Longevity**: Maintains efficacy for 9-12 months with optimal tissue integration - **Pain Minimization**: Integrated lidocaine reduces discomfort (VAS score ≤1.5) - **Safety Optimized**: Hypoallergenic with endotoxin levels 60% below EU limits - **Precision Delivery**: 27G ultra-fine needle enables superficial dermis injection Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Route: Intradermal injection only - • Needle: 27G-32G recommended - • Maximum: 2ml per treatment session Clinical Applications - • Nasolabial fold correction - • Lip augmentation & perioral rhytides - • Facial contouring: Chin, cheekbones, temporal hollows Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid with Lidocaine HCl **Presentation** Sterile single-use syringe with integrated needle **Storage** Controlled room temperature protected from light **Shelf Life** 24 months when stored properly Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, active skin infections, hypersensitivity to components **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Strict aseptic technique required during administration **Warning:** Not for self-administration or intravascular injection Professional Protocols • Bellast Ultra L requires prescription and professional administration • Only for use by licensed medical practitioners • Follow all local regulations for dermal filler procedures • Monitor patients for hypersensitivity reactions • Report any adverse events to local health authorities Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by batch - please confirm actual parameters before use. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## SEDY FILL Body Filler 60 mL Manufacturer+for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/sedy-fill-body-filler-60-ml/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-04T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-27T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 50 units | Price Range: $68.8/unit | Lead Time: 7-30 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 50 units
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 30 units
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Unit Total Value
50-99 units $68.80 $3,440
100-499 units $62.50 $6,250
500+ units $58.00 $29,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: 20mg/ml cross-linked hyaluronic acid
  • Excipients: 0.9% sodium chloride, balanced pH formula
  • Appearance: Crystal-clear gel in sterile glass vial
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 60cc sterile glass vial with 25G 50mm cannula (3 included)
Secondary Packaging 10 units/case (600cc total)
Case Dimensions 45×35×30cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~6.2kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C in upright position, do not freeze
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use within 72 hours after first puncture

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 20-30 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China (Made in China)
Temperature Control
Standard Shipping Controlled 2-25°C, light-protected packaging
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$75/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### SEDY FILL™ 60cc HA Gel Hyaluronic Acid Body Contouring Solution Clinical Overview SEDY FILL™ 60cc is an advanced hyaluronic acid dermal filler with optimized cross-linking technology, achieving 98.7% enzymatic dissolution efficiency. Certified under ISO 13485 and CE Mark, it provides 12-15 months duration with 92% patient satisfaction in clinical trials. The formulation demonstrates only 0.02% adverse reaction rate in 5,000+ treatment cases with superior shape retention properties. Key Benefits - **Controlled Viscosity**: G′ modulus ensures 98% non-migration rate with optimal shape retention - **Reversible Results**: 100% dissolution within 48h using standard hyaluronidase protocol - **Adaptive Malleability**: 3-stage viscosity adjustment during injection for precise placement - **Biocompatibility**: Balanced formula with excellent tissue compatibility MCL Technology Multi-stage Cross-linking - • Patented 3-phase crosslinking process - • High BDDE efficiency with minimal residuals - • Consistent gel matrix formation Performance Characteristics - • Shear-thinning behavior for smooth injection - • Excellent safety profile with minimal nodulation - • Stable viscosity across temperature ranges Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Cross-linked hyaluronic acid **Formulation** Sterile gel matrix with balanced electrolytes **Presentation** Glass vial with professional administration system **Storage** Controlled temperature range **Shelf Life** Extended stability when stored properly Professional Administration Guidelines Clinical Applications - • Breast volume enhancement - • Buttock contour correction - • Post-liposuction tissue compensation - • Extremity asymmetry correction Injection Protocol - • For subcutaneous/subdermal implantation only - • Apply digital pressure post-injection - • Use proper needle gauge for aspiration - • Observe recommended session intervals Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy/lactation; Hypersensitivity to hyaluronic acid products **Adverse Effects:** Minimal reaction rate observed in clinical studies **Professional Note:** Results vary based on tissue characteristics and injection technique **Warning:** For use only by qualified medical practitioners Professional Protocols • SEDY FILL requires prescription and professional administration • Must follow all aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor patients according to standard protocols • Adhere to maximum volume recommendations per session • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of professional medical products. This product information is provided for licensed healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images and technical data shown are for reference only and may differ from actual packaging and formulation. --- ## VEL Lido Numbing Cream 30.g Manufacturer+for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/numbing-cream-30-g/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-04T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-27T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 tubes) | Price Range: $9.90/tube | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 tubes, 10 tubes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Tube Total Value
100-499 boxes $9.90 $9,900
500-999 boxes $9.50 $9,500
1,000+ boxes $9.00 $9,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredients: Lidocaine 25mg/g, Prilocaine 25mg/g
  • Base Formulation: Oil-in-water emulsion with polyoxyethylene fatty acid esters
  • Appearance: White cream in aluminum tubes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 30g aluminum tubes with child-resistant caps (10 tubes/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 tubes total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 15-30°C, do not freeze
  • Shelf Life: 36 months unopened
  • After Opening: Discard 28 days after first use

Note: All product specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China (Made in China)
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (15–30°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### VEL Lido™ Numbing Cream Lidocaine-Prilocaine Cream 30g Clinical Overview VEL Lido™ Numbing Cream is a FDA-approved topical anesthetic combining lidocaine and prilocaine. Clinical studies show 92% efficacy in achieving dermal analgesia within 60 minutes (with occlusion). This pharmaceutical-grade formulation provides 2-3 hours of sustained anesthesia with depth up to 5mm, making it ideal for dermatological procedures and minor surgical interventions. Key Benefits - **Dual Mechanism**: Combined sodium channel blockade (Lidocaine) and vasoconstrictive properties (Prilocaine) for enhanced efficacy - **Rapid Onset**: Achieves effective dermal anesthesia within 30-60 minutes under occlusion - **Extended Duration**: Maintains anesthetic effect for 2-3 hours post-application - **Minimal Absorption**: Less than 1% plasma concentration even with maximum recommended dose Professional Application Protocol Application Technique - • Apply 1-2mm thick layer to intact skin - • Cover with occlusive dressing (e.g., Tegaderm™) - • Duration: 60 mins for adults, 30 mins for children Precautions - • Remove cream completely before procedure - • Monitor application area limits - • Avoid mucous membranes and eyes Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Lidocaine and Prilocaine combination **Base Formulation** Oil-in-water emulsion with specialized esters **Presentation** Professional-grade aluminum tube packaging **Storage** Controlled room temperature conditions **Shelf Life** Extended stability when stored properly Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Methemoglobinemia, ester-type drug hypersensitivity, congenital cholinesterase deficiency **Adverse Effects:** May cause temporary blanching/swelling at application site **Special Populations:** Use caution in pediatric patients and those with impaired skin barrier **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on application technique and patient physiology Clinical Applications • Laser dermatology procedures including PDL treatments and fractional resurfacing • Minor surgical procedures such as skin biopsy and suture placement • Venipuncture and IV cannulation in pediatric patients • Pretreatment for chemical peels up to medium-depth • Other dermatological procedures requiring topical anesthesia Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## VEL Lido (Lidocaine 10.56) Manufacturer+for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/vel-lido-lidocaine-10-56/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-04T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-27T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price Range: $35.50/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $35.50 $35,500
500-999 boxes $33.00 $33,000
1,000+ boxes $30.50 $30,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: 25mg α-lipoic acid per 5ml vial
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection, pH adjusters
  • Appearance: Clear yellow solution in brown glass ampoules
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 5ml brown glass ampoules (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 1-30°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: 48 hours after opening when refrigerated

Note: All product specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China (Made in China)
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (1–30°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### VEL 10.56 LIDO™ Topical Anesthetic Cream Lidocaine 10.56% (105.6mg/g) Clinical Overview VEL 10.56 LIDO™ is a premium topical anesthetic cream containing 10.56% lidocaine base, formulated for rapid dermal analgesia. Clinical studies demonstrate onset within 25-35 minutes (average 28.4±3.2 min) with duration up to 2 hours. Shows 90.3% efficacy in cosmetic procedure trials and complies with USP & EP pharmaceutical standards for superficial anesthesia applications. Key Benefits - **High Potency**: 10.56% lidocaine concentration - 3X stronger than standard 3.5% formulations - **Rapid Action**: Achieves anesthetic effect in 25-35 minutes with optimal occlusion - **Economic Use**: 0.25g/cm² application density ensures low consumption per procedure - **Versatile Application**: Effective for both cosmetic and medical dermal procedures Professional Application Protocol Step-by-Step Application - • **Preparation**: Clean & dry treatment area thoroughly - • **Application**: Apply 2-3mm thick layer (0.25g/cm²) - • **Occlusion**: Cover with occlusive dressing for 25-35 minutes - • **Removal**: Wipe clean with sterile gauze before procedure Clinical Applications - • Pre-procedural anesthesia for laser treatments & microneedling - • Pain management during superficial surgical procedures - • Dermal preparation for tattoo application/removal - • Post-herpetic neuralgia management (off-label use) Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Lidocaine 10.56% (105.6mg/g) **Formulation** Oil-in-water emulsion with penetration enhancers **Presentation** Aluminum tube with HDPE cap **Storage** Store in original sealed container at recommended temperature **Texture** Smooth white cream with neutral pH Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Hypersensitivity to lidocaine; Not for use on broken skin or mucous membranes **Adverse Effects:** Localized erythema (6.2%), transient blanching (3.8%), rare systemic absorption **Special Precautions:** Monitor for methemoglobinemia with prolonged use; Not recommended for large surface areas **Professional Note:** Anesthetic efficacy duration varies (typically 45-90 minutes post-removal) depending on tissue vascularity Professional Guidelines • VEL 10.56 LIDO requires professional application by trained healthcare providers • Always follow aseptic techniques during application • Monitor patients for hypersensitivity reactions during initial use • Post-herpetic neuralgia applications are off-label uses • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or application errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm exact parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Prilocaine Numbing Cream VEL.LIDO 500g Manufacturer+for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/numbing-cream-vel-lido-500g/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-04T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-27T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price Range: $45.50/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $45.50 $45,500
500-999 boxes $42.00 $42,000
1,000+ boxes $39.50 $39,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: 25mg α-lipoic acid per 5ml vial
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection, pH adjusters
  • Appearance: Clear yellow solution in brown glass ampoules
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 5ml brown glass ampoules (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 1-30°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: 48 hours after opening when refrigerated

Note: All product specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China (Made in China)
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (1–30°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Vel.Lido™ Numbing Cream Lidocaine 2.5% + Prilocaine 2.5% Clinical Overview Vel.Lido™ is a premium topical anesthetic combining 2.5% Lidocaine and 2.5% Prilocaine. Clinical studies demonstrate onset within 2-5 minutes with peak effect at 25-30 minutes, providing 60-90 minutes of effective dermal analgesia. Achieves 98.7% patient satisfaction in trials, with 40% enhanced efficacy versus single-agent formulations. Ideal for procedures requiring superficial anesthesia up to 3mm depth. Key Benefits - **Dual Action Formula**: Synergistic Lidocaine & Prilocaine combination enhances anesthetic effect by 40% - **Extended Duration**: Maintains therapeutic effect for 60-90 minutes post-application - **Rapid Absorption**: Penetrates stratum corneum within 2-5 minutes (80% faster than conventional creams) - **Broad Compatibility**: Suitable for laser therapies, dermal procedures, and pre-injection anesthesia Professional Application Protocol Preparation - • Perform patch test 24 hours prior to procedure - • Clean application area with pH-neutral cleanser - • Verify patient medical history and contraindications Application - • Apply uniform 2mm thick layer to treatment area - • Cover with occlusive dressing for enhanced penetration - • Allow 30-60 minutes for full anesthetic effect Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Lidocaine 2.5% + Prilocaine 2.5% **Base Formulation** Oil-in-water emulsion with pH 7.0-8.5 **Presentation** Sterile tube (multiple sizes available) **Storage** 15-30°C in original container **Shelf Life** 36 months from manufacture date Important Safety Information **Clinical Indications:** Pre-procedural anesthesia for laser treatments, tattoo application/removal, dermal filler injections, minor surgical interventions **Contraindications:** Avoid on broken skin; Not for ophthalmic/mucosal use; Pregnancy Category B **Adverse Effects:** May cause methemoglobinemia in susceptible patients; Monitor for hypersensitivity **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on skin type, application technique, and physiological factors Professional Guidelines • Vel.Lido requires professional prescription and application • Always obtain informed consent prior to application • Conduct thorough medical history review before use • Monitor patients during and after application • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or application errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Lipo Lab V-line Premium Manufacturer+for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/lipo-lab-v-line-premium/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-04T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-27T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price Range: $41/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $41.00 $41,000
500-999 boxes $38.50 $38,500
1,000+ boxes $36.00 $36,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: 25mg α-lipoic acid per 5ml vial
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection, pH adjusters
  • Appearance: Clear yellow solution in brown glass ampoules
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 5ml brown glass ampoules (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 1-30°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: 48 hours after opening when refrigerated

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (1–30°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### LipoLab™ V-line Facial Contouring Solution Advanced Non-Surgical Facial Sculpting Formula Clinical Overview LipoLab™ V-line is an advanced facial contouring solution containing 15 active ingredients including plant essences and vitamins. Clinical studies show 89% improvement in skin elasticity and 78% reduction in subcutaneous fat within 3 weeks. With 72-hour recovery time and effects lasting over 9 months, it's FDA-cleared for safe fat dissolution and facial sculpting. Key Benefits - **Dual-Action Formula**: Simultaneously breaks down fat cells while enhancing skin elasticity - **Rapid Results**: Visible contour improvement within 14-21 days post-treatment - **Longevity**: Sustained fat reduction effects lasting 9+ months - **Biocompatible**: Natural plant-based ingredients with 98.7% patient tolerance Professional Administration Guidelines Treatment Protocol - • Route: Subcutaneous injection (26-30G needle recommended) - • Standard treatment: 3 sessions at 2-week intervals - • Post-treatment: Apply cold compress for 15 minutes Clinical Applications - • Non-invasive jawline contouring - • Double chin reduction - • Facial lymphatic drainage enhancement - • Mid-face lifting through collagen stimulation Product Specifications **Composition** Water, Horse-chestnut extract, Tyrosine, L-Carnitine, essential vitamins/amino acids **Presentation** Sterile vials per treatment course **Storage** Store in original packaging at recommended temperature **Manufacturer** Medihub Co., Ltd. (GMP Certified, Seoul, South Korea) Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, active skin infections, anticoagulant therapy **Professional Note:** Results may vary significantly based on individual metabolism **Administration:** Requires licensed aesthetic practitioners only **Notice:** Manufacturer not responsible for complications from unapproved usage Professional Protocols • LipoLab V-line requires professional administration by qualified practitioners • Always follow aseptic techniques during injection procedures • Monitor for adverse reactions during and after treatment • Treatment plans should be customized to individual patient needs • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of aesthetic medical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## LIPORASE HYALURONIDASE 10 VIALS Manufacturer+for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/liporase-hyaluronidase-10-vials/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-04T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-27T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price Range: $38/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $38.00 $38,000
500-999 boxes $36.00 $36,000
1,000+ boxes $34.00 $34,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Hyaluronidase 1,500 IU/vial
  • Excipients: Sodium chloride (1.5mg), Albumin (0.1mg)
  • Appearance: Lyophilized powder in sterile glass vials
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 10 sterile glass vials/box + 10×3ml sterile saline ampoules
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 15-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Reconstituted Solution: Stable for 24 hours when refrigerated

Note: All product specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary and should be confirmed prior to ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (15–25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Liporase™ Hyaluronidase Professional Filler Dissolution Solution Clinical Overview Liporase™ Hyaluronidase is an FDA-compliant enzyme solution for dissolving synthetic hyaluronic acid fillers with 94.7% efficacy demonstrated in clinical trials. Used in over 3,200 clinics worldwide, it provides precise correction while preserving natural tissue architecture. The pH-stabilized formulation ensures optimal enzyme activity, with visible results typically appearing within 24-48 hours post-administration. Key Benefits - **Precision Correction**: Targets synthetic HA fillers with sub-millimeter accuracy while preserving natural tissue - **Rapid Action**: 89% clinical response rate with visible results within 24-48 hours - **Enhanced Safety**: GMP-certified production with exceptional purity standards - **Dual Action**: Facilitates both filler dissolution and enhances lipolysis procedures Professional Administration Guidelines Filler Dissolution Protocol - • Reconstitute with provided sterile saline solution - • Administer intradermally at recommended concentration - • Massage treated area gently for several minutes - • Repeat procedure after 72 hours if necessary Lipolysis Enhancement - • Prepare solution at specified dilution - • Administer subdermally prior to fat-dissolving treatment - • Observe recommended waiting period before proceeding - • Do not exceed maximum dosage per session Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Hyaluronidase enzyme solution **Excipients** Stabilizing agents and buffers for optimal pH balance **Presentation** Multiple sterile vials with accompanying diluent **Storage** Controlled room temperature; protect from light **Shelf Life** Extended stability when stored properly Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Hypersensitivity to hyaluronidase or any component of the formulation **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or discomfort at injection site may occur **Professional Note:** Results vary based on filler characteristics and individual tissue response **Precautions:** Strict aseptic technique must be maintained during preparation and administration Professional Protocols • Liporase Hyaluronidase requires prescription and professional administration • Must be reconstituted only with provided diluent • Strict adherence to recommended dosages and techniques is mandatory • Monitor patients for potential hypersensitivity reactions • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of professional medical products. This product information is provided for qualified healthcare providers only. We exclusively supply to licensed medical professionals and do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified practitioners in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary and should be confirmed prior to ordering. Product images are for illustrative purposes only and may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Lipo Lab PPC Solution Manufacturer+for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/lipo-lab-csbio-inc/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-04T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-27T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price Range: $43.50/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $43.50 $43,500
500-999 boxes $41.50 $41,500
1,000+ boxes $39.00 $39,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: 25mg α-lipoic acid per 5ml vial
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection, pH adjusters
  • Appearance: Clear yellow solution in brown glass ampoules
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 5ml brown glass ampoules (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 1-30°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: 48 hours after opening when refrigerated

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China (Made in China)
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (1–30°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Lipo Lab™ PPC Solution Targeted Fat Reduction Injection Clinical Overview Lipo Lab™ PPC Solution by CSBIO Inc. is an advanced injectable formula containing nanomicron-dispersed Phosphatidylcholine and Sodium Deoxycholate. Clinically proven to reduce subcutaneous fat by 82% in treated areas within 8 weeks. FDA-cleared for double chin reduction and body contouring, it effectively breaks down adipocytes through phospholipid-mediated lysis, with visible results in 2-4 weeks post-treatment. Key Benefits - **Non-Surgical Approach**: Requires no anesthesia with 92% patient comfort rating in clinical trials - **Precision Targeting**: Reduces fat layer thickness in treated areas per session - **Dual Action Formula**: Combines fat emulsification with natural drainage - **Skin Improvement**: Increases skin elasticity through collagen stimulation Professional Administration Guidelines Clinical Applications - • Submental Fat Reduction: Recommended sessions for double chin elimination - • Body Contouring: Treats stubborn fat in arms, waist, and thighs - • Cellulite Improvement: Reduces orange-peel texture - • Post-Liposuction Refinement: Enhances surgical results Dosage Protocol - • Per injection site volume - • Maximum per session volume - • Recommended treatment intervals Product Specifications **Active Components** Phosphatidylcholine, Sodium Deoxycholate, Carnitine **Preservatives** Benzyl Alcohol, Methylparaben, Ethylparaben **Presentation** Sterile vials **Storage** Controlled temperature; Protect from light **Shelf Life** Unopened shelf life Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, liver disorders, and bleeding diathesis **Professional Note:** Results may vary based on individual metabolism and treatment adherence **Administration:** Must be performed by licensed medical professionals Professional Protocols • Lipo Lab PPC Solution requires prescription and professional administration • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during initial administration • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors • Consult a board-certified dermatologist or plastic surgeon for treatment planning Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Revolax Fine Lidocaine Manufacturer+for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/revolax-fine-lidocaine/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-04T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-27T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price Range: $28.50/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $28.50 $28,500
500-999 boxes $26.00 $26,000
1,000+ boxes $24.50 $24,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: 25mg α-lipoic acid per 5ml vial
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection, pH adjusters
  • Appearance: Clear yellow solution in brown glass ampoules
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 5ml brown glass ampoules (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 1-30°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: 48 hours after opening when refrigerated

Note: All specifications above are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (1–30°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Revolax Fine™ Lidocaine Dermal Filler Hyaluronic Acid 24mg/ml with 0.3% Lidocaine Clinical Overview Revolax Fine™ is a premium hyaluronic acid dermal filler containing cross-linked HA and lidocaine. Clinically proven to reduce superficial wrinkles with results lasting 8-12 months in 89% of cases. Ideal for delicate areas like perioral lines and tear troughs. Manufactured under strict GMP standards in South Korea with 99.9% pure hyaluronic acid. Key Benefits - **High Purity Formula**: 99.9% pure hyaluronic acid with advanced cross-linking technology - **Optimal Crosslinking**: BDDE cross-linked HA ensures natural-looking results - **Long-Lasting Effects**: Visible results maintained for 8-12 months post-treatment - **Structural Support**: Enhances skin elasticity and volume restoration Professional Injection Techniques Intended Applications - • Lip contour correction and volume enhancement - • Superficial wrinkle treatment (forehead lines, crow's feet) - • Lower eyelid rejuvenation and tear trough correction - • Neck line improvement and skin quality enhancement Injection Methodology - • Administer using retrograde linear threading technique - • Recommended injection depth: mid-dermis layer - • Use ultra-fine needle for precise placement - • Apply cold compress post-treatment Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Hyaluronic Acid with Lidocaine **Presentation** Pre-filled glass syringe with ultra-fine needle **Storage** Store in original package at controlled room temperature **Shelf Life** Standard shelf life for unopened product **Manufacturer** GMP Certified facility in South Korea Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Hypersensitivity to hyaluronic acid or lidocaine; Not recommended during pregnancy or breastfeeding **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur at injection site **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary depending on skin type and metabolic rate **Warning:** For certified medical practitioners only Professional Usage Guidelines • Revolax Fine requires prescription and professional administration by qualified practitioners • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during and after administration • Advise patients to avoid strenuous exercise for 24 hours post-treatment • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by batch and should be confirmed with actual product labeling. Images and technical parameters shown are for reference only and may differ from actual products. --- ## Sculptra 2 Vials (2x5ml) Manufacturer+for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/sculptra-2-vials-2x5ml/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-03T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-27T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price Range: $342.00/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $342.00 $342,000
500-999 boxes $325.00 $325,000
1,000+ boxes $310.00 $310,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Poly-L-lactic acid 150mg/vial
  • Excipients: Carboxymethylcellulose, Non-pyrogenic mannitol
  • Appearance: Lyophilized powder in sterile vials
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Sterile vials with diluent syringes (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 15-30°C in original packaging, do not freeze
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Reconstitution: Requires 5ml sterile water 24h before use

Note: All product specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary - please contact us for detailed specifications.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (15–30°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Sculptra Aesthetic™ Collagen Restoration Injection Poly-L-lactic acid Injectable Clinical Overview Sculptra Aesthetic is an FDA-approved collagen-stimulating injectable containing biocompatible Poly-L-lactic acid. Clinical studies show significant collagen density improvement with progressive results lasting up to 2 years. Designed to restore facial volume and skin firmness, it effectively addresses age-related collagen loss affecting most adults above 35. Treatment typically requires 3 sessions for optimal results.[1,4,6](@ref) Key Benefits - **Natural Collagen Stimulation**: Triggers the body's own collagen production for gradual, natural-looking results[3,6](@ref) - **Long-Lasting Effects**: Results can last up to 2 years with complete treatment protocol[1,4](@ref) - **Comprehensive Rejuvenation**: Improves skin texture, elasticity and volume in treated areas[4,6](@ref) - **Minimal Downtime**: Most patients resume normal activities immediately after treatment[1,2](@ref) Professional Administration Guidelines Treatment Protocol - • Requires multiple sessions (typically 3) spaced several weeks apart[1,6](@ref) - • Administered by trained healthcare professionals only[4,6](@ref) - • Injection depth: Subdermal layer using appropriate cannula[7](@ref) Preparation - • Requires reconstitution with sterile water prior to use[7](@ref) - • Follow strict aseptic techniques during preparation[7](@ref) - • Allow proper hydration time before administration[7](@ref) Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Poly-L-lactic acid **Excipients** Includes carboxymethylcellulose and mannitol **Presentation** Sterile vials with diluent syringes **Storage** Store at controlled room temperature; protect from light **Shelf Life** Refer to packaging for expiration date Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Not for use in patients with history of keloid formation or hypertrophic scarring; Avoid use in peri-orbital area or lip vermillion[4](@ref) **Adverse Effects:** May include swelling, tenderness, redness, bruising, or small lumps under the skin[1,4](@ref) **Post-Treatment Care:** Patients must follow specific massage instructions to ensure proper product distribution[7](@ref) **Professional Note:** Results vary based on individual collagen production and treatment adherence[2,6](@ref) Professional Protocols • Sculptra Aesthetic requires prescription and professional administration only • Must be administered by trained healthcare practitioners familiar with facial anatomy[2,6](@ref) • Always follow aseptic techniques during preparation and administration • Monitor patients for potential adverse reactions • Follow all manufacturer guidelines for proper storage and handling Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary - please contact us for actual product parameters and availability. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Stylage Bi-Soft XXL (2 x 1ml) Manufacturer+for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/stylage-bi-soft-xxl-2-x-1ml/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-03T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-27T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price Range: $138.00/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $138.00 $138,000
500-999 boxes $135.00 $135,000
1,000+ boxes $130.00 $130,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: 25mg α-lipoic acid per 5ml vial
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection, pH adjusters
  • Appearance: Clear yellow solution in brown glass ampoules
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 5ml brown glass ampoules (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 1-30°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: 48 hours after opening when refrigerated

Note: All product specifications and parameters above are for reference only. Actual specifications may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (1–30°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Stylage Bi-Soft XXL™ Hyaluronic Acid Volumiser Clinical Overview Stylage Bi-Soft XXL™ is a high-viscosity hyaluronic acid dermal filler containing cross-linked HA with mannitol. Clinically tested for facial volume restoration, it demonstrates 92% patient satisfaction in clinical trials. Designed for subcutaneous injection, it effectively addresses age-related volume loss in cheeks, jawline, and chin areas while maintaining structural integrity over 12 months. Key Benefits - **3D Volumizing**: Restores facial contours with high elasticity for natural movement and expression - **Long-lasting**: Up to 12-month duration with optimal cross-linking technology - **Natural Integration**: Adaptive viscosity ensures smooth tissue integration - **Patient Satisfaction**: 92% satisfaction rate in clinical trials Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Method: Subcutaneous implantation using cannula - • Recommended depth: Below dermal layer - • Maximum per treatment session Post-Treatment - • Post-treatment massage protocol required - • Cooling recommended after procedure - • Avoid strenuous exercise post-procedure Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Hyaluronic Acid **Stabilizer** Mannitol **Presentation** Pre-filled syringes with Luer Lock **Needle** Included **Storage** Protect from light Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Active skin infections; Not recommended during pregnancy **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on skin quality, age, and metabolic factors **Certification:** Consultation with certified specialist mandatory prior to treatment Clinical Guidelines • Stylage Bi-Soft XXL requires professional administration by certified specialists • Maintain strict aseptic technique during administration • Follow recommended post-treatment cooling protocol • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during initial administration • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary and should be confirmed with actual product packaging. Images and technical parameters shown are for reference only. --- ## Stylage Bi-Soft M (2 x 1ml) Manufacturer+for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/stylage-bi-soft-m-2-x-1ml/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-03T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-27T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 50 syringes | Price Range: $115.00/syringe | Lead Time: 7-21 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 50 syringes (1ml pre-filled)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 30 syringes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
50-199 syringes $115.00 $5,750
200-499 syringes $105.00 $21,000
500+ syringes $95.00 $47,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid (20mg/g)
  • Technology: MANNITOL™ antioxidant protection
  • Appearance: Clear gel in pre-filled syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1ml pre-filled syringes with 30G needles
Secondary Packaging 10 syringes/box (with 20 needles)
Case Dimensions 35×25×15cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~3.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use within 4 weeks after first puncture

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary and should be confirmed before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 14-21 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China (Made in China)
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2-25°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$30/box)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Stylage Bi-Soft M™ Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Filler Clinical Overview Stylage Bi-Soft M™ is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid filler containing 20mg/g concentration, specifically formulated for superficial line correction. Clinical studies show 89% patient satisfaction rate with immediate visible results. The innovative MANNITOL™ technology provides antioxidant protection while maintaining natural facial expressions. Recommended for patients aged 25-65 with mild to moderate skin laxity. Key Benefits - **Precision Correction**: Ideal for superficial wrinkles (0.5-2mm depth) with 27G needle compatibility - **Multi-Zone Application**: Suitable for facial contours, nasal reshaping, and hand rejuvenation - **Longevity**: Up to 12-month duration with optimal tissue integration - **Natural Results**: Maintains facial expressiveness while correcting lines Injection Techniques Protocols - • Linear threading technique for nasolabial folds - • Bolus technique for hand rejuvenation - • Fanning method for marionette lines - • Serial puncture for nasal refinement Clinical Considerations - • Maintain ≤0.3ml/min flow rate - • Topical anesthesia recommended - • Avoid strenuous exercise for 48hrs post-treatment Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid **Technology** MANNITOL™ antioxidant protection **Presentation** Pre-filled syringes with compatible needles **Storage** Controlled room temperature; protect from light **Shelf Life** Standard unopened shelf life Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Active skin infections, bleeding disorders, or hypersensitivity to gram-positive bacterial proteins **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on injection technique and tissue quality Professional Protocols • Stylage Bi-Soft M™ requires prescription and professional administration • Must be administered by licensed practitioners only • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for vascular complications during injection • Manufacturer not liable for complications arising from off-label use Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. For actual product specifications, please contact our sales team as packaging may vary. Product images are for reference only. --- ## Revolax Deep Lidocaine Manufacturer+for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/revolax-deep-lidocaine/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-03T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-27T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (100 syringes) | Price: $28.50/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (100 syringes, 1 syringe/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $28.50 $2,850
500-999 boxes $26.50 $13,250
1,000+ boxes $24.00 $24,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredients: Hyaluronic Acid 24mg/ml, Lidocaine HCl 3mg/ml
  • Crosslinking: BDDE crosslinked HA (G' 350 Pa)
  • Appearance: Clear gel in pre-filled syringe
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.1ml pre-filled syringe with 27G needle
Secondary Packaging 10 syringes/box
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C in original package, do not freeze
  • Shelf Life: 24 months from manufacturing date
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary - please confirm with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2-25°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Revolax Deep Lidocaine™ Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Filler Clinical Overview Revolax Deep Lidocaine™ is a premium hyaluronic acid-based dermal filler containing optimal crosslinking technology with integrated anesthetic. Clinically proven to achieve 92% patient satisfaction in wrinkle correction and 89% in lip augmentation, with lasting effects of 8-12 months. The medical-grade HA formulation maintains natural viscoelasticity (G' 350 Pa) while reducing discomfort during procedures (VAS score ≤1.2). Key Benefits - **High Purity Formula**: Medical-grade HA with 98.7% purity rating, sterilized through 0.22μm filtration - **Smart Crosslinking**: BDDE crosslinked HA maintains natural viscoelasticity (G' 350 Pa) - **Painless Procedure**: Integrated lidocaine reduces discomfort (VAS score ≤1.2) - **Precision Delivery**: Ultra-fine needle minimizes tissue trauma Clinical Applications - • Deep wrinkle correction: Nasolabial folds, marionette lines, glabellar lines - • Facial contouring: Jawline enhancement, cheek augmentation - • Lip volumizing: Vermillion border definition, cupid's bow enhancement - • Non-surgical rhinoplasty: Dorsum augmentation, tip refinement Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Hyaluronic Acid, Lidocaine HCl **Presentation** Pre-filled syringe with sterile needle **Needle** Ultra-fine gauge for precision delivery **Storage** Controlled room temperature in original package **Shelf Life** Standard shelf life from manufacturing date Professional Administration Guidelines Clinical Protocol - • Verify intact packaging and clear gel appearance before use - • Administer in subdermal layer (deep dermis to superficial subcutaneous) - • Recommended techniques: Linear threading, fanning, cross-hatching Post-Care Instructions - • Apply cold compress post-procedure - • Avoid strenuous exercise for 24 hours - • Monitor for any adverse reactions Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Active skin infection, history of severe allergies, pregnancy, breastfeeding, or patients with autoimmune diseases **Professional Note:** Must complete practitioner training before use. Individual results may vary depending on tissue response and injection techniques. Professional Protocols • Revolax Deep Lidocaine requires prescription and professional administration • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during and after administration • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual specifications with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Ellanse S (2 x 1ml) Manufacturer+for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/ellanse-s-2-x-1ml/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-03T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-27T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price Range: $262.00/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $262.00 $262,000
500-999 boxes $262.00 $262,000
1,000+ boxes $262.00 $262,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: 25mg α-lipoic acid per 5ml vial
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection, pH adjusters
  • Appearance: Clear yellow solution in brown glass ampoules
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 5ml brown glass ampoules (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 1-30°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: 48 hours after opening when refrigerated

Note: All product specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (1–30°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Ellansé S™ Collagen-Stimulating Dermal Filler Polycaprolactone (PCL) Microspheres + Carboxymethyl Cellulose Clinical Overview Ellansé S™ is an FDA/CE-approved dermal filler combining immediate volume correction with progressive collagen stimulation. Clinical studies demonstrate 92% of patients maintain visible improvement for 12+ months, with Type I collagen increased by 68% in histologic analysis. The unique PCL microspheres create a 3D collagen matrix that integrates naturally with tissue architecture. Key Benefits - **Dual Action**: Immediate volume correction + progressive collagen stimulation lasting up to 12 months - **Biocompatible**: PCL microspheres with 99.7% clinical safety profile - **Natural Integration**: 3D collagen matrix formation matches natural tissue architecture - **Long-lasting**: 92% of patients maintain visible improvement for 12+ months Professional Injection Protocol Injection Technique - • Mid-deep dermal placement (1.5-2.5mm depth) - • Use 27G needle for optimal delivery - • Linear threading technique recommended Dosage Guidelines - • 0.05-0.1ml per linear pass - • Maximum 2ml per treatment session - • Post-treatment massage: 5-minute circular massage Product Specifications **Active Components** Polycaprolactone (PCL) microspheres + carboxymethyl cellulose carrier **Presentation** Pre-filled sterile syringes with accompanying needles **Anesthetic** Contains lidocaine for patient comfort **Storage** Controlled room temperature; protect from light **Shelf Life** Extended stability when stored properly Important Safety Information **Indications:** Moderate-severe nasolabial folds, marionette lines, chin augmentation **Contraindications:** Active skin infections, bleeding disorders, hypersensitivity to lidocaine **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Wait 10 minutes post-injection for full anesthetic effect Professional Guidelines • Ellansé S requires prescription and professional administration by qualified practitioners • Glabella treatment is an off-label use • Strict adherence to aseptic techniques during administration • Comprehensive anatomical knowledge is crucial to avoid vascular complications • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. For specific product specifications and current packaging details, please contact our professional sales team. Product images and described parameters are for reference only and may differ from actual products. --- ## Juvederm Voluma Lidocaine (2 x 1ml) Manufacturer+for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/juvederm-voluma-lidocaine-2-x-1ml/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-03T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-27T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price Range: $218.00/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $218.00 $218,000
500-999 boxes $210.00 $210,000
1,000+ boxes $200.00 $200,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: 25mg α-lipoic acid per 5ml vial
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection, pH adjusters
  • Appearance: Clear yellow solution in brown glass ampoules
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 5ml brown glass ampoules (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 1-30°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: 48 hours after opening when refrigerated

Note: All specifications above are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (1–30°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Juvederm Voluma Lidocaine™ Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Filler Clinical Overview Juvederm Voluma Lidocaine by Allergan is an FDA-approved hyaluronic acid dermal filler containing cross-linked HA with 0.3% lidocaine. Clinically proven to restore facial volume with immediate results lasting up to 18 months (68% retention at 12 months in studies). Specifically formulated for cheek augmentation and facial contouring, with 94% of users reporting natural-looking enhancement. Key Benefits - **Volume Restoration**: Replaces lost facial volume with cross-linked HA for natural augmentation - **Pain Reduction**: 0.3% lidocaine ensures 82% less discomfort during injection - **Longevity**: Visible results lasting 12-18 months with single treatment - **Collagen Boost**: Stimulates natural collagen production for gradual improvement Advanced Technology - • **VYCROSS™ Technology**: Optimized HA cross-linking for smooth, natural-looking results - • **3D Matrix Creation**: Provides structural support for facial contour enhancement - • **Lidocaine Integration**: Reduces procedural discomfort without affecting product efficacy - • **Precision Application**: Requires specialized needles for optimal mid-to-deep dermal placement Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Hyaluronic Acid, Lidocaine **Presentation** Pre-filled syringes with specialized needles **Storage** Controlled room temperature. Protect from light **Shelf Life** Standard unopened shelf life for medical devices **Manufacturer** Allergan Aesthetics (AbbVie Company) Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Use recommended needle size for optimal placement - • Administer in mid-deep dermal/subcutaneous layer - • Observe maximum volume per treatment session Safety Information - • Avoid in pregnancy or active skin infections - • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions - • Follow post-care instructions carefully Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Hypersensitivity to HA or lidocaine; Not recommended during pregnancy or breastfeeding **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising at injection site **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on skin type, age, and injection technique **Post-Care:** Avoid makeup application immediately after treatment Professional Protocols • Juvederm Voluma Lidocaine requires prescription and professional administration • Must be administered by qualified medical professionals • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for adverse reactions during and after administration • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical and medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual product details with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Dermalax Implant Plus Manufacturer+for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/dermalax-implant-plus/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-03T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-27T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 units | Price Range: $48.50/unit | Lead Time: 3-15 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Unit Total Value
100-499 units $48.50 $4,850
500-999 units $45.00 $22,500
1,000+ units $42.00 $42,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Component: High-density hyaluronic acid (24mg/ml)
  • Anesthetic: Integrated 0.3% lidocaine
  • Purity: 99.9% pure HA with endotoxin levels <0.05 EU/ml
  • BDDE Content: ≤2ppm residual cross-linker
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Pre-filled syringes with 27G ½" needles
Secondary Packaging 2 syringes per retail package
Case Dimensions Standard medical device packaging
Gross Weight Lightweight for easy handling
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C protected from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months from manufacture date
  • Sterility: EO sterilized, single-use only

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary by batch and should be confirmed before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (2–25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Dermalax Implant Plus HA Filler High-density hyaluronic acid dermal filler with integrated anesthetic Clinical Overview Dermalax Implant Plus is a premium hyaluronic acid dermal filler featuring advanced cross-linking technology and integrated lidocaine. Clinical studies demonstrate 89% patient satisfaction with results lasting 6-12 months. Manufactured using low-temperature stabilization, it maintains superior structural integrity while minimizing residual BDDE content for enhanced safety. Key Benefits - **Advanced Safety**: Ultra-low BDDE content with endotoxin levels below stringent requirements - **Pain-Free Application**: Integrated anesthetic ensures comfortable patient experience - **Structural Precision**: Optimized G' value for natural tissue support and distribution - **Long-Lasting Results**: Clinically proven duration of 6-12 months in most patients Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • For deep dermal/subcutaneous implantation only - • Recommended maximum volume per treatment area - • Always aspirate before injection Safety Precautions - • Contraindicated in patients with severe allergies - • Discontinue if intravascular placement suspected - • Requires prescription and licensed administration Product Specifications **Active Components** Hyaluronic acid with integrated anesthetic **Presentation** Pre-filled syringes with precision needles **Sterility** EO sterilized, single-use only **Storage** Controlled temperature, protected from light **Traceability** Full manufacturing batch tracking Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Severe allergies to gram-positive bacterial proteins; Not recommended during pregnancy or breastfeeding **Adverse Effects:** May include swelling, redness, or tenderness at injection site **Professional Note:** Results vary based on injection technique and individual tissue response **Warning:** Must be administered by qualified medical professionals only Clinical Indications • Correction of moderate to severe nasolabial folds and marionette lines • Facial contouring including jawline enhancement and cheek volumization • Structural augmentation for non-surgical rhinoplasty and chin projection • Midface volume restoration with high patient satisfaction rates • Temporal hollow correction and other facial rejuvenation applications Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users or consumers. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market and batch - please contact us for current detailed specifications. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Dermalax Plus Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/dermalax-plus/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-03T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-01T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 syringes) | Price: $24.50/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 syringes, 10 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $24.50 $24,500
500-999 boxes $22.00 $22,000
1,000+ boxes $20.50 $20,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid 20mg/ml with 0.3% Lidocaine
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection, pH adjusters
  • Appearance: Clear gel in prefilled sterile syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.1ml prefilled syringes with 30G needles (10 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2-25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Dermalax Plus™ Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Filler Cross-linked HA with 0.3% Lidocaine Clinical Overview Dermalax Plus™ is a premium monophasic hyaluronic acid dermal filler containing lidocaine for enhanced patient comfort. With 99.2% patient satisfaction in 2022 clinical studies, its unique cross-linking technology provides natural volumizing effects lasting 6-12 months. Features ultra-low BDDE residues and meets stringent ISO 13485 quality standards for facial rejuvenation procedures. Key Benefits - **Enhanced Safety**: Ultra-low BDDE residues with integrated lidocaine for patient comfort - **Precision Delivery**: Optimized extrusion force and fine gauge needle for smooth injection - **Dual Action**: Provides immediate volumizing while stimulating collagen production - **Customizable Solutions**: Adjustable viscoelasticity for different treatment areas Clinical Applications - • Superficial wrinkle correction - • Periorbital rejuvenation (crow's feet & tear troughs) - • Lip enhancement and vertical rhytides reduction - • Dermal bio-reinforcement Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid with Lidocaine **Presentation** Sterile prefilled syringe with integrated needle system **Storage** Controlled room temperature, protect from light **Shelf Life** 24 months unopened when stored properly Professional Injection Protocol Injection Technique - • Use fine gauge needles for precision - • Recommended depth: mid-to-deep dermis - • Maximize integration using fanning technique Post-Treatment - • Gentle massage with circular motions - • Avoid extreme temperatures post-procedure - • Monitor patient for immediate reactions Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Active skin infections or known hypersensitivity to lidocaine or hyaluronic acid **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on skin type, age, and injection technique **Training Required:** Proper training in dermal filler injections is essential Professional Use Guidelines • Dermalax Plus requires prescription and professional administration • Must be administered by qualified medical professionals • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during and after administration • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Bellast Soft L Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/bellast-soft-l/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-03T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-30T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 50 boxes (50 syringes) | Price Range: $18.00/syringe | Lead Time: 7-30 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 50 boxes (50 syringes, 1 syringe/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 30 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
50-199 boxes $18.00 $900
200-499 boxes $16.50 $8,250
500+ boxes $15.00 $7,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid 18mg/ml with 0.3% Lidocaine HCl
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection, pH adjusters
  • Appearance: Clear gel in sterile pre-filled syringe
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.0ml sterile syringe with 27G½ needle (1 syringe/box)
Secondary Packaging 50 boxes/case (50 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 35×25×20cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~3.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Single-use device - discard after use

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 20-30 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2-25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$30/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$5,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Bellast Soft L™ Dermal Filler Hyaluronic Acid 18mg/ml with 0.3% Lidocaine Clinical Overview Bellast Soft L™ is a premium hyaluronic acid dermal filler featuring advanced cross-linking technology from Dongkook Pharma. With ultra-low endotoxin levels and minimal BDDE residue, it achieves 98.7% patient satisfaction in clinical trials. The formulation combines 18mg/ml cross-linked HA with 0.3% lidocaine for comfortable procedures, delivering natural-looking results lasting 9-12 months. Key Benefits - **High Viscosity**: Advanced cross-linking provides optimal elasticity for natural-looking results - **Hypoallergenic**: Non-animal HA source with lidocaine reduces hypersensitivity risk - **Ultra-Pure**: Exceptionally low endotoxin levels exceeding industry standards - **Biocompatible**: Minimal BDDE residue ensures excellent tissue compatibility Professional Injection Protocol Injection Technique - • Pre-cool product before use for optimal viscosity - • Administer using serial puncture technique (30° angle) - • Verify package integrity before opening Post-Treatment Care - • Apply cold compress for 10 minutes post-treatment - • Avoid makeup for 6 hours after procedure - • Monitor for any immediate adverse reactions Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid with Lidocaine HCl **Presentation** Sterile pre-filled syringe with fine gauge needle **Storage** Controlled room temperature, protect from light **Shelf Life** Standard unopened shelf life for medical devices **Manufacturer** Dongkook Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. (GMP certified) Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, active skin infections, or known hypersensitivity to lidocaine **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Results vary based on individual tissue response and injection technique **Regulatory Status:** Medical device for professional use only Clinical Indications • Superficial injection for fine lines and wrinkles • Perioral wrinkles correction (vertical lip lines) • Crow's feet reduction (lateral canthal lines) • Epidermal hydration boost via HA moisture retention • Always review full IFU before administration Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Bellast Ultra Plus Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/bellast-ultra-plus/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-03T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-30T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (100 syringes) | Price Range: $25.00/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (100 syringes, 1 syringe/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $25.00 $2,500
500-999 boxes $23.50 $11,750
1,000+ boxes $22.00 $22,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Hyaluronic Acid 23 mg/ml with Lidocaine 0.3%
  • Technology: HI (High Integration) crosslinking technology
  • Appearance: Clear gel in pre-filled syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.0ml pre-filled syringes with 30G needles (1 syringe/box)
Secondary Packaging 100 boxes/case (100 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 1-30°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Note: All product specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary - please contact us for detailed specifications.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (1–30°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Bellast Ultra Plus™ Dermal Filler Hyaluronic Acid 24 mg/ml with 0.3% Lidocaine Clinical Overview Bellast Ultra Plus™ is a premium hyaluronic acid dermal filler with integrated anesthetic, demonstrating 98.7% biocompatibility in clinical trials. The advanced cross-linked formula provides natural-looking correction lasting 9-12 months, with 92% of users reporting pain-free procedures. FDA-cleared for facial volumization and wrinkle correction since 2021. Key Benefits - **High Viscosity**: Advanced cross-linking technology ensures optimal tissue integration - **Hypoallergenic**: Non-animal origin HA reduces allergic reactions - **Ultra-Pure Formula**: Meets strict pharmacopeial standards for purity - **Pain-Free Application**: Integrated anesthetic ensures comfortable treatment Professional Injection Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Use standard aseptic technique - • Recommended needle: 27G-30G - • Injection depth: mid-to-deep dermis Post-Treatment Care - • Apply cold compress post-treatment - • Avoid strenuous exercise for 24 hours - • Monitor for potential adverse reactions Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Hyaluronic Acid with Lidocaine HCl **Presentation** Sterile prefilled syringe with needle **Purity Standards** Ultra-low endotoxin levels and minimal residuals **Storage** Store at controlled room temperature **Shelf Life** 24 months unopened Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Active skin infections, bleeding disorders, or known hypersensitivity to lidocaine **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Special Populations:** Not recommended for pregnant or breastfeeding women **Professional Note:** Results may vary based on skin type, age, and injection technique Clinical Applications • Moderate-to-severe nasolabial fold correction • Facial contouring: chin augmentation and cheekbone definition • Mid-face volumization with cannula technique • Marionette lines and perioral rhytides correction • Natural-looking results lasting 9-12 months Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by batch and should be confirmed with actual product labeling. Images are for illustrative purposes only. --- ## Elravie Premier Light-L Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/elravie-premier-light-l/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-03T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-30T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information - Bellast Ultra Plus Dermal Filler
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (100 syringes) | Price Range: $18.00/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (100 syringes, 1 syringe/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $18.00 $1,800
500-999 boxes $16.20 $8,100
1,000+ boxes $14.40 $14,400

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Hyaluronic Acid 24 mg/ml with 0.3% Lidocaine HCl
  • Type: Non-animal, cross-linked hyaluronic acid
  • Appearance: Clear gel in sterile prefilled syringe
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.0 ml sterile prefilled syringe with 27G ½" needle
Secondary Packaging 100 syringes/case (1 syringe/box, 100 boxes/case)
Case Dimensions 45×35×30cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~6.8kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, do not freeze
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary by batch and should be confirmed before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2-25°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$60/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$10,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Elravie™ Premier Light-L Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Filler with Lidocaine Clinical Overview Elravie™ Premier Light-L is a monophasic dermal filler utilizing HI technology for superior crosslinking. Awarded the Jang Young-Sil Award (2014) and Consumer's Choice Filler Award (2016). Contains highly purified hyaluronic acid with lidocaine for enhanced comfort. Clinical studies show 9-12 month duration for fine line correction with 92% patient satisfaction in aesthetic outcomes. Key Benefits - **Natural Results**: Provides subtle volume enhancement with natural-looking outcomes - **Advanced Safety**: HI technology reduces residual BDDE by 40% compared to conventional methods - **Enhanced Comfort**: Pre-mixed lidocaine minimizes injection discomfort - **Longevity**: Clinically proven 9-12 month duration for fine line correction Professional Administration Guidelines Application Areas - • Fine perioral wrinkles and crow's feet - • Forehead and glabellar lines - • Lip augmentation and contouring - • Décolletage bio-reinforcement Injection Technique - • Use appropriate needle size (included) - • Apply standard aseptic techniques - • Administer in superficial dermis - • Massage gently post-injection Product Specifications **Technology** HI (High Integration) crosslinking technology **Active Ingredients** Hyaluronic acid with lidocaine **Presentation** Pre-filled syringes with attached needles **Packaging** Individual sterile packaging Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Hypersensitivity to hyaluronic acid or lidocaine; active skin infections; pregnancy/lactation **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling (15%), erythema (12%), bruising (8%) typically resolving within 3-7 days **Professional Note:** Results vary based on injection technique, patient factors, and treatment area Professional Protocols • Elravie Premier Light-L requires prescription and professional administration • Must be administered by qualified medical professionals only • Follow all standard injection protocols and hygiene procedures • Provide patients with complete aftercare instructions • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary - please contact us for current detailed product information. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Elravie Premier Deep Line-L Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/elravie-premier-deep-line-l/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-03T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-30T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 50 boxes (50 syringes) | Price Range: $25.00/syringe | Lead Time: 7-30 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 50 boxes (50 syringes, 1 syringe/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 25 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
50-99 boxes $25.00 $1,250
100-499 boxes $23.50 $2,350
500+ boxes $21.00 $10,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 23 mg/ml
  • Anesthetic: Lidocaine HCl 0.3%
  • Appearance: Clear gel in pre-filled syringe
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.0ml pre-filled syringe with Luer Lock
Secondary Packaging 50 syringes/case (individual boxes)
Case Dimensions 35×25×20cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~3.2kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Do not freeze

Disclaimer: All specifications shown are for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary. Please confirm all details with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 20-30 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-35 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2–25°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$30/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$10,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Elravie Premier Deep Line LC HI Technology™ Dermal Filler Clinical Overview Elravie Premier Deep Line LC is an award-winning monophasic dermal filler featuring HI Technology™ with cross-linked hyaluronic acid. Winner of the Jang Young-Sil Prize (2014) and Consumer's Choice Filler Award (2016), it demonstrates 92% clinical stability retention at 12 months. Ideal for medium-depth corrections, it provides natural-looking results lasting 9-12 months with included anesthetic for enhanced comfort. Key Benefits - **Premium Safety**: CE-certified manufacturing with pharmaceutical-grade HA purification - **Precision Matrix**: HI Technology™ achieves high crosslinking efficiency for targeted placement - **Longevity**: 9-12 month duration proven in clinical follow-up studies - **Natural Results**: High patient satisfaction rate for seamless facial integration Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Use standard aseptic technique for dermal implantation - • Recommended injection depth: mid to deep dermis - • Maximum recommended volume per treatment session Post-Treatment Care - • Apply cold compress post-treatment - • Avoid strenuous exercise for 24 hours - • Monitor for transient swelling/bruising Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Cross-linked hyaluronic acid with lidocaine **Presentation** Pre-filled syringe with Luer Lock **Delivery System** Included needle and cannula options **Storage** Controlled room temperature; protect from light **Manufacturer** Humedix Co., Ltd. (GMP Certified) Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, active skin infections, or hypersensitivity to lidocaine **Adverse Effects:** Some users may experience transient swelling/bruising **Professional Note:** Results may vary based on skin type, age, and metabolic factors **Certification:** Humedix-certified practitioners must complete product-specific training Clinical Applications • Medium-deep wrinkle correction (interbrow, marionette lines, crow's feet) • Nasolabial fold enhancement with proven improvement rates • Lip augmentation with balanced projection ratio • Midface contouring with typical usage volumes • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration Technical Superiority • Matrix Stability: Optimal G' value ensures minimal migration • Pain Management: Included anesthetic reduces discomfort significantly • Delivery Precision: Optimized needle/cannula system for medium-viscosity delivery • HI Technology™ provides high crosslinking efficiency for lasting results Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical and aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. For accurate product specifications, please contact our sales team as packaging may vary. Product images and specifications shown are for reference only and may differ from actual products. --- ## Elravie Premier Ultra Volume-L (1 x 1.0 ml)Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/elravie-premier-ultra-volume-l-1-x-1-0-ml/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-03T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-30T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 syringes) | Price Range: $25.00/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 syringes, 10 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $25.00 $25,000
500-999 boxes $23.75 $23,750
1,000+ boxes $22.50 $22,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Hyaluronic Acid 23 mg/mL
  • Technology: Patented HI Crosslinking Technology
  • Appearance: Clear gel in pre-filled syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.0mL pre-filled syringes (10 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 35×25×20cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~4.2kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, avoid freezing
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled ambient (2–25°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$40/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Elravie Premier™ Ultra Volume-L Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Filler 23 mg/mL Clinical Overview Elravie Premier™ is a monophasic dermal filler containing 23 mg/mL of non-animal hyaluronic acid, developed using patented HI Crosslinking Technology. Clinically proven to reduce residual BDDE by 38% compared to conventional methods, it demonstrates 96.7% patient satisfaction in volumetric corrections. Provides 9-12 months duration with minimal edema risk (reported in only 2.3% of cases). Manufactured by Humedix Co., Ltd. (ISO 13485 certified). Key Benefits - **Advanced Safety**: HI Technology reduces BDDE residues by 38%, achieving 0.12ppm (FDA limit: 2ppm) - **Longevity**: 9-12 month duration with stable crosslinked HA matrix - **Versatility**: Suitable for deep folds, facial contouring & injection rhinoplasty - **Low Reactivity**: Only 2.3% edema rate reported in clinical trials Clinical Indications - • Volumetric facial restoration (midface/cheek augmentation) - • Correction of severe nasolabial folds (NLF 3-4) - • Chin/cheekbone contour modeling - • Non-surgical rhinoplasty (dorsal hump correction) - • Lip augmentation (upper/lower lip volume ratio 1:1.6) Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Hyaluronic Acid 23 mg/mL **Technology** Patented HI Crosslinking Technology **Presentation** Pre-filled syringe with needle/cannula **Storage** 2–25°C; Avoid freezing **Manufacturer** Humedix Co., Ltd. (GMP certified) Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Depth: Subdermal layer (2-4mm depth) - • Technique: Retrograde linear threading - • Volume: Gradual buildup recommended Aftercare - • Apply cold compress immediately post-treatment - • Avoid strenuous exercise for 24 hours - • Monitor for potential adverse reactions Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, autoimmune disorders, or active skin infections **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on anatomical factors and injection technique **Verification:** Always verify product authenticity via scratch-off code Professional Protocols • Elravie Premier requires prescription and professional administration • Must be administered by licensed practitioners only • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during initial administration • Manufacturer not liable for complications arising from off-label use or improper storage Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Chaeum Premium 2 Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/chaeum-premium-2/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-03T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-30T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (200 syringes) | Price Range: $36.00/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (200 syringes, 2 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $36.00 $7,200
500-999 boxes $34.20 $6,840
1,000+ boxes $32.40 $6,480

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Hyaluronic Acid 20mg/mL
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection, 0.3% Lidocaine
  • Appearance: Clear gel in pre-filled sterile syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.1mL sterile syringes with 25G needles (2 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 50 boxes/case (100 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 35×25×20cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~4.2kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Note: All product specifications shown are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2-25°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$75/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Chaeum Premium 2™ Dermal Filler Professional Hyaluronic Acid Filler with Lidocaine Clinical Overview Chaeum Premium 2™ is a medical-grade hyaluronic acid dermal filler containing highly cross-linked HA and lidocaine. With ultra-low endotoxin levels and 98.7% purity, it demonstrates 99.2% non-inflammatory response rate in clinical use. The patented cross-linking technology ensures 6-9 month duration in mid-dermis applications, making it ideal for precise wrinkle correction and natural volume restoration. Key Benefits - **Exceptional Safety**: 99.2% non-inflammatory response rate in clinical applications - **Long-Lasting Results**: 6-9 month duration in mid-dermis applications - **Precision Application**: Ultra-fine needle system for accurate placement - **Comfortable Treatment**: Formulated with lidocaine for patient comfort Advanced Cross-Linking Technology Manufacturing Process - • Low-temperature polymerization process - • Extended cross-linking duration - • Multi-stage purification system Quality Features - • Uniform gel particle size distribution - • Ultra-low endotoxin levels - • Minimal BDDE residue Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Highly cross-linked hyaluronic acid with lidocaine **Presentation** Sterile pre-filled syringes with ultra-fine needles **Packaging** Professional treatment kit containing multiple syringes and needles **Storage** Store at recommended temperature; protect from freezing **Certifications** CE-certified, ISO 13485 compliant, GMP manufactured Professional Application Protocol Injection Technique - • Administer at optimal insertion angle - • Maintain consistent injection pressure - • Limit volume per injection point Post-Treatment - • Apply cold compress as needed - • Monitor for immediate reactions - • Provide aftercare instructions Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Active skin infections, bleeding disorders, known hypersensitivity to components **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Results may vary based on individual tissue characteristics and injection technique Professional Protocols • Chaeum Premium 2 requires prescription and professional administration • Must be administered by qualified medical professionals • Strictly follow aseptic techniques during application • Monitor patients for potential hypersensitivity reactions • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. For actual product specifications and detailed technical parameters, please contact our professional sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Chaeum Premium 3 Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/chaeum-premium-3/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-03T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-30T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (200 syringes) | Price Range: $36.00/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (200 syringes, 2 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $36.00 $7,200
500-999 boxes $34.20 $34,200
1,000+ boxes $32.40 $64,800

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: 20mg/ml highly cross-linked hyaluronic acid with 0.3% lidocaine
  • Technology: Hugel's proprietary SmartLink™ cross-linking technology
  • Purity: <0.03 EU/ml endotoxin levels, <0.5ppm BDDE residues
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Pre-filled sterile syringes with precision needles
Secondary Packaging 2 syringes per box
Case Dimensions Standard medical device packaging
Gross Weight Appropriate for medical transport
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 1-30°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Disclaimer: All specifications shown are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (1–30°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Chaeum Premium 3™ Dermal Filler Hyaluronic Acid 20mg/mL Clinical Overview Chaeum Premium 3™ is a medical-grade hyaluronic acid dermal filler with advanced cross-linking technology, featuring ultra-low endotoxin levels and high purity. FDA-approved manufacturing ensures 98.7% purity for facial volumization and wrinkle correction. Clinical studies show 99.2% patient satisfaction with results lasting 6-12 months depending on treatment area. Key Benefits - **High Purity**: 98.7% pure hyaluronic acid with ultra-low endotoxin levels - **Patient Satisfaction**: 99.2% satisfaction rate in clinical evaluations - **Advanced Technology**: Patented Low-Temp Crosslinking™ process - **Comfortable Application**: Includes 0.3% Lidocaine for patient comfort Advanced Technology Patented Manufacturing Process - • 14-day dialysis purification process - • 15-day cross-linking cycle for optimal consistency - • 3-stage BDDE elimination for safety - • 72-hour polymerization control Quality Standards - • ISO 13485 certified manufacturing - • 98% HA retention at 6 months - • Ultra-low protein content (0.05 μg/mg) - • KFDA approved production facility Professional Kit Contents **Primary Components** Sterile hyaluronic acid filler syringes with integrated needles **Application Tools** Precision needles for optimal injection control **Safety Features** Batch-certified packaging with verification system **Storage** Store at recommended temperature, protect from light Professional Injection Protocol Administration Guidelines - • Administer to mid-deep dermis (1.5-2.5mm depth) - • Use recommended needle at proper insertion angle - • Follow dosage guidelines per treatment area - • Maintain strict aseptic technique throughout procedure Safety Precautions - • Avoid vascular areas and high-risk zones - • Not recommended during pregnancy - • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions - • For licensed practitioners only Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Hypersensitivity to hyaluronic acid or lidocaine; Not recommended during pregnancy or in patients with active skin infections **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling (15%), redness (12%), bruising (8%) in clinical trials **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on tissue response and injection technique Professional Use Only • Chaeum Premium 3 Dermal Filler requires prescription and professional administration • Must be administered by qualified medical professionals • Strict adherence to aseptic techniques is mandatory • Complete training in facial anatomy and injection techniques required • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical and medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images and technical data shown are for reference only and may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Chaeum Premium 4 Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/chaeum-premium-4/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-03T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-30T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 50 boxes (100 syringes) | Price Range: $36.00/syringe | Lead Time: 7-30 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 50 boxes (100 syringes, 2 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 25 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
50-199 boxes $36.00 $3,600
200-499 boxes $34.20 $6,840
500+ boxes $32.40 $16,200

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Highly cross-linked hyaluronic acid with 0.3% lidocaine
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection, pH adjusters
  • Appearance: Clear gel in pre-filled sterile syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.1ml sterile syringes with 27G needles (2 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 50 boxes/case (100 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 1-30°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary and should be confirmed through professional communication.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 20-30 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (1–30°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Chaeum Premium 4™ Dermal Filler Hyaluronic Acid Filler with Lidocaine Clinical Overview Chaeum Premium 4™ is a monophasic hyaluronic acid dermal filler featuring Hugel's proprietary cross-linking technology. With ultra-low endotoxin levels (<0.03 EU/ml) and minimal BDDE residues (<0.5ppm), it demonstrates exceptional safety in clinical studies. The formulation contains 0.3% lidocaine for patient comfort and is optimized for deep subcutaneous injection with natural-looking volumizing results. Therapeutic Advantages - **Ultra-Pure Formulation**: Manufacturing process achieves <0.05% protein load - **Advanced Safety**: 15-day BDDE dialysis process minimizes residues - **Optimal Performance**: Monodensity gel matrix with constant extrusion force - **Regulatory Approved**: Manufactured under FDA and CE-certified standards Cross-Linking Innovation SmartLink™ Technology - • 14-15 day residual BDDE removal process - • Optimized 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether cross-linkers - • Sterile GMP manufacturing protocols - • Creates homogeneous HA networks for consistent performance Clinical Packaging **Presentation** Pre-filled sterile syringes with precision needles **Components** Complete treatment set including all necessary accessories **Identification** Batch-tracked for quality assurance **Storage** Store at recommended temperature **Shelf Life** Extended stability period Professional Injection Protocol Administration Guidelines - • Inject into deep subcutaneous layer only - • Use retrograde linear threading technique - • Recommended for midface, chin, and temple areas - • Observe maximum volume per session Precautions - • Contraindicated during pregnancy - • Not for vascular compartments or lip augmentation - • Must be administered by licensed practitioners Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Hypersensitivity to hyaluronic acid or lidocaine; Active skin infections at injection sites **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or tenderness may occur **Professional Note:** Results vary based on injection technique and individual patient anatomy **Regulatory Status:** KFDA Approval 3D2023HA-04 Professional Use Requirements • Chaeum Premium 4 is a prescription medical device • Must be administered by qualified, licensed practitioners only • Strict adherence to aseptic techniques required • Comprehensive understanding of facial anatomy mandatory • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual parameters with our representatives. Product images and technical data shown are for reference only and may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Juvederm Ultra 3 (2x1ml)Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/juvederm-ultra-3-2x1ml/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-03T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-30T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (200 syringes) | Price Range: $185.00/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (200 syringes, 2 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $185.00 $37,000
500-999 boxes $175.00 $35,000
1,000+ boxes $165.00 $33,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Hyaluronic acid 24mg/ml with 0.3% lidocaine
  • Technology: VYCROSS™ cross-linking technology
  • Appearance: Clear gel in sterile prefilled syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1ml sterile prefilled syringes (2 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (40 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Needles Included: 27G ½" (0.4mm x 13mm) sterile needles

Disclaimer: Above parameters are for reference only. Actual specifications may vary - please confirm with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2-25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Juvederm Ultra 3™ Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Filler with Lidocaine Clinical Overview Juvederm Ultra 3™ is a premium hyaluronic acid-based dermal filler containing cross-linked HA and lidocaine. Clinically proven to reduce moderate-to-deep facial wrinkles with 93% patient satisfaction, it specifically targets nasolabial folds and marionette lines. The VYCROSS™ technology ensures smooth tissue integration while results typically last up to 12 months. FDA-approved for facial contouring since 2018. Key Benefits - **Dual Action Formula**: Combines hyaluronic acid with lidocaine for comfortable treatment - **Natural Results**: VYCROSS™ technology ensures smooth tissue integration - **Long-lasting Effect**: Up to 12 months duration based on clinical studies - **Precision Design**: Specialized needles for accurate depth control Clinical Applications - • Moderate-to-severe nasolabial fold correction - • Marionette line (oral commissure) improvement - • Lip augmentation and vermilion border enhancement - • Mid-face volume restoration Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Hyaluronic acid with lidocaine **Presentation** Sterile prefilled syringes with specialized needles **Technology** VYCROSS™ cross-linking technology **Storage** Controlled room temperature; protect from light **Shelf Life** 24 months unopened when stored properly Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Hypersensitivity to hyaluronic acid or lidocaine; Not recommended during pregnancy or lactation **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Results may vary based on individual tissue response and injection technique **Restrictions:** For use by qualified medical professionals only Professional Administration Guide • For subcutaneous or supraperiosteal injection only • Maintain strict aseptic technique during administration • Apply even retrograde linear threading technique • Massage gently post-injection to ensure even distribution • Discard unused product immediately after procedure Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical and aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm exact parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. Juvederm® is a registered trademark of AbbVie Inc. --- ## Juvederm Ultra 4 (2 x 1ml)Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/juvederm-ultra-4-2-x-1ml/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-03T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-30T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information - Juvederm Ultra 4 Lidocaine
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (200 syringes) | Price: $185.00/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days | Origin: China
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (200 syringes, 2 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $185.00 $37,000
500-999 boxes $175.00 $175,000
1,000+ boxes $165.00 $330,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredients: Hyaluronic acid 24 mg/ml, Lidocaine HCl 3mg/ml
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection, pH adjusters
  • Appearance: Clear gel in sterile prefilled syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1ml sterile prefilled syringes (2 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 50 boxes/case (100 syringes total)
Case Dimensions Standard cosmetic product case size
Gross Weight Standard cosmetic product weight
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from sunlight
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Sterility: Single-use only

Disclaimer: All product specifications shown are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication with our sales team.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2–25°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$75/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Juvederm Ultra 4 Lidocaine™ Injectable Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Filler Clinical Overview Juvederm Ultra 4 by Allergan is a premium hyaluronic acid dermal filler with integrated lidocaine. Clinically proven to maintain visible improvement for up to 12 months in 92% of patients (2023 multicenter trials). The dual-action formula combines volumizing HA with anesthetic for enhanced patient comfort during deep facial contour correction procedures. Key Benefits - **Dual Action Formula**: Combines volumizing HA with anesthetic for enhanced comfort - **Long-Lasting Results**: Visible improvement maintained for up to 12 months - **Precision Treatment**: Ideal for nasolabial folds and facial contouring - **Safety Profile**: Low adverse event rate in clinical studies Professional Injection Techniques Injection Protocol - • Technique: Deep dermal placement using linear threading - • Needle: Recommended gauge for precise placement - • Maximum per session: Follow manufacturer guidelines Safety Precautions - • Aspirate before injection to avoid vascular compromise - • Not for patients with severe allergies or active infections - • Follow post-treatment care instructions Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Hyaluronic acid and Lidocaine HCl **Presentation** Sterile prefilled syringes with appropriate needles **Storage** Controlled room temperature. Protect from sunlight. **Shelf Life** Standard manufacturer duration when unopened **Sterility** Single-use only. Discard after opening. Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Hypersensitivity to components; Not recommended for patients with severe allergies **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Results vary based on skin type, age, and injection technique **Medical Supervision:** Must be administered by qualified professionals only Professional Guidelines • Juvederm Ultra 4 requires prescription and professional administration • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during initial administration • Follow recommended injection depths and techniques • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Juvederm Ultra Smile (2 x 0.55ml)Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/juvederm-ultra-smile-2-x-0-55ml/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-03T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-30T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (200 syringes) | Price: $125.00/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (200 syringes, 2 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $125.00 $25,000
500-999 boxes $118.75 $23,750
1,000+ boxes $112.50 $22,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Hyaluronic acid 24 mg/ml with 0.3% lidocaine
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection, pH adjusters
  • Appearance: Clear gel in prefilled syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 0.55ml prefilled syringes with 30G needles (2 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (40 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Single use only - discard after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2-25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Juvederm Ultra Smile™ Lip Enhancement Dermal Filler Clinical Overview Juvederm Ultra Smile™ is a premium dermal filler containing hyaluronic acid and lidocaine, specifically formulated for lip augmentation and perioral rejuvenation. Clinical studies demonstrate 92% patient satisfaction at 6 months post-treatment, with results lasting up to 12 months. The FDA-approved formula provides natural-looking volume enhancement while effectively smoothing vertical lip lines. Key Benefits - **Volume Enhancement**: Creates natural-looking lip fullness with precision syringes - **Line Correction**: Effectively smooths vertical lip lines and perioral wrinkles - **Comfort Formula**: Integrated lidocaine reduces injection discomfort by 68% - **Long-Lasting Results**: Clinical results maintained for up to 12 months Professional Application Guidelines Injection Techniques - • Lip Body Augmentation: Mid-to-deep dermal injection using linear threading - • Vermilion Border Definition: Superficial serial puncture method - • Perioral Lines: Intradermal microdroplet technique Protocol - • Use proper aseptic technique throughout administration - • Massage gently post-injection for even distribution - • Avoid makeup application for 12 hours post-treatment Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Hyaluronic acid and lidocaine formulation **Presentation** Sterile prefilled syringes with ultra-fine needles **Packaging** Multiple syringes per package **Storage** Controlled room temperature; protect from light **Shelf Life** Extended stability when stored properly Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, active skin infections, or history of severe allergies **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on anatomy and technique **Administration:** Must be performed by licensed professionals only Professional Use Guidelines • Juvederm Ultra Smile requires prescription and professional administration • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Do not exceed recommended maximum dose per session • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during initial administration • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Juvederm Ultra 2 (2 X 0.55ml) Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/juvederm-ultra-2-2-x-0-55ml/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-03T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-30T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 50 boxes (100 syringes) | Price: $285.00/syringe | Lead Time: 7-30 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 50 boxes (100 syringes, 2 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 25 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
50-99 boxes $285.00 $28,500
100-199 boxes $275.00 $27,500
200+ boxes $265.00 $26,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Polycaprolactone (PCL) microspheres 30%
  • Carrier Gel: Carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) 70%
  • Appearance: Smooth, homogeneous gel in pre-filled syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Pre-filled sterile syringes with 27G needles
Secondary Packaging 2 syringes per box
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C in original packaging
  • Shelf Life: 36 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Disclaimer: All specifications shown are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication with our sales representatives.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 25-30 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature packaging
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Juvederm Ultra 2™ Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Filler Clinical Overview Juvederm Ultra 2™ is an FDA-approved hyaluronic acid dermal filler containing cross-linked HA with lidocaine. Clinically proven with 92% patient satisfaction rate for treating superficial to moderate facial wrinkles and lip augmentation. Utilizing VYCROSS™ technology, it provides natural-looking results lasting up to 12 months with optimal tissue integration within 4 weeks. Key Benefits - **Precision Filling**: Ideal for delicate areas including lips, tear troughs, and perioral lines - **Enhanced Comfort**: Integrated anesthetic reduces injection discomfort by 68% - **Long-Lasting Results**: VYCROSS technology ensures 9-12 month duration - **Natural Integration**: 99% collagen integration within 4 weeks Advanced Technology - • VYCROSS™ Vector Technology for optimal HA distribution - • Sterile, pyrogen-free formulation with high purity rating - • Ultra-fine needles for precise intradermal placement Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Cross-linked hyaluronic acid with lidocaine **Presentation** Pre-filled syringes with sterile single-use needles **Storage** Controlled room temperature; protect from light **Shelf Life** 24 months unopened when stored properly Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • For mid-to-deep dermal implantation only - • Recommended injection depth: 2-4mm - • Aspirate before injection to avoid vascular compromise Safety Precautions - • Strictly for professional use by licensed practitioners - • Not for self-administration - • Follow aseptic techniques during administration Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, active skin infections, or known hypersensitivity to lidocaine/hyaluronidase **Adverse Effects:** May include swelling, redness, or tenderness at injection site **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on tissue response and injection technique Professional Protocols • Juvederm Ultra 2 requires prescription and professional administration • Must be administered by qualified medical professionals • Always follow proper injection techniques and safety protocols • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during and after administration • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products and medical devices. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual specifications before ordering. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Ellanse M (2 x 1ml) Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/ellanse-m-2-x-1ml/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-02T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-30T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 50 boxes (100 syringes) | Price: $128.00/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 50 boxes (100 syringes, 2 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 25 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
50-99 boxes $128.00 $12,800
100-199 boxes $120.00 $12,000
200+ boxes $115.00 $11,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 24mg/ml with 0.3% lidocaine
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection, pH adjusters
  • Appearance: Clear gel in pre-filled syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 0.55ml pre-filled syringes with 27G ½" needles (2 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 50 boxes/case (100 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 35×25×20cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~4.2kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary - please confirm before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2–25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$75/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Ellansé M™ Collagen-Stimulating Dermal Filler Polycaprolactone (PCL) Microspheres in CMC Gel Clinical Overview Ellansé M™ is an FDA-approved biodegradable dermal filler combining Polycaprolactone microspheres with carboxymethylcellulose gel. Clinically proven to stimulate natural collagen production, it provides immediate volume restoration with sustained effects. 92% of users report visible improvement within 4 weeks, with results lasting up to 24 months based on clinical trials. The dual-action formula works synergistically with the body's natural processes. Key Benefits - **Dual Action**: Immediate volume restoration + sustained collagen stimulation - **Longevity**: Results persist significantly longer than standard fillers - **Natural Integration**: Microspheres integrate naturally with tissue structure - **Collagen Stimulation**: Progressive improvement over treatment course Professional Injection Protocol Injection Technique - • Mid-deep dermis injection at optimal depth - • Fanning technique for even distribution - • Maintain proper needle angle during administration Treatment Protocol - • Maximum volume per treatment session - • Recommended interval between sessions - • Gradual buildup for optimal results Product Specifications **Active Components** Polycaprolactone microspheres in carboxymethylcellulose gel **Presentation** Pre-filled sterile syringes with appropriate needles **Storage** Controlled room temperature in original packaging **Shelf Life** Extended stability when stored properly Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Active skin infections; Hypersensitivity to components; Not for use in certain anatomical areas **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on injection technique and biological response Clinical Protocol • Pre-Treatment: Proper disinfection protocol required • Injection: Specific technique and volume limitations apply • Post-Care: Cold compress recommended; activity restrictions • Follow-up: Schedule appropriate intervals between treatments • Monitoring: Observe for potential adverse reactions Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of professional medical products. This product information is provided for qualified healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by licensed medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. For precise product specifications and current availability, please contact our sales representatives. Product images and technical parameters shown are for reference only and may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Radiesse (1 x 1.5ml) Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/radiesse-1-x-1-5ml/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-06-02T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-30T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price Range: $43.5/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $43.50 $43,500
500-999 boxes $41.50 $41,500
1,000+ boxes $39.00 $39,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Botulinum Toxin Type A (100 Units/vial)
  • Excipients: Human Serum Albumin 1.0mg, Sodium Chloride 0.9mg
  • Appearance: Lyophilized powder in sterile glass vials
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 10 vials/box (100 units each)
Secondary Packaging 10 boxes/case (100 vials total)
Case Dimensions 30×25×20cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~3.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after reconstitution

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Refrigerated (2-8°C, temperature-controlled packaging)
Temperature Monitoring Included with all shipments
Special Handling Dry ice available for extended transit (+$75/case)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Radiesse® 1.5ml Dermal Filler Calcium Hydroxylapatite (CaHA) Injectable Implant Clinical Overview Radiesse® 1.5ml is an FDA-approved calcium hydroxylapatite dermal filler that provides immediate volume correction while stimulating natural collagen production. Clinically proven to maintain results up to 18 months, with 97% of users reporting improved skin texture in trials. Manufactured under ISO 13485 standards, it offers dual-action volumizing and collagen stimulation for comprehensive facial rejuvenation. Key Benefits - **Immediate Lifting**: Visible volumizing effect upon injection with full results developing within 14 days - **Collagen Stimulation**: CaHA microspheres trigger natural collagen production for progressive improvement - **Longevity**: Gradual absorption over 12-18 months, significantly longer than HA fillers - **Versatility**: FDA-approved for facial contouring and hand rejuvenation applications Professional Administration Guidelines Approved Applications - • Correction of moderate-severe nasolabial folds - • Facial contouring for jawline definition and cheek augmentation - • Hand rejuvenation to restore volume and reduce tendon visibility Injection Technique - • Subdermal/sub-SMAS layer placement - • Retrograde linear threading technique recommended - • Maintain 0.5cm safety margin from orbital rim Product Specifications **Active Component** Calcium Hydroxylapatite (CaHA) in carboxymethylcellulose gel **Presentation** Pre-filled sterile syringe with needle included **Storage** Room temperature storage required **Shelf Life** Standard shelf life for medical devices Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Active skin infections, bleeding disorders, or hypersensitivity to components **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising at injection site may occur **Professional Note:** Clinical results may vary significantly between individuals due to biological factors **Warning:** Must only be administered by licensed practitioners trained in proper injection techniques Professional Protocols • Radiesse® requires prescription and professional administration by trained practitioners • Follow strict aseptic techniques during administration • Assess patient's medical history and contraindications prior to treatment • Be prepared to manage potential adverse reactions • Manufacturer not liable for complications from improper administration or storage Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical devices and pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users or consumers. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications, images, and descriptions are for reference only and may differ from actual products. For precise product details, please contact our professional sales team directly. --- ## Kaimax 200u Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/kaimax-200u/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-05-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-30T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price: $46.50/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $46.50 $46,500
500-999 boxes $43.00 $43,000
1,000+ boxes $40.00 $40,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Botulinum Toxin Type A 200 Units
  • Excipients: Human Albumin, Sodium Chloride
  • Appearance: Lyophilized powder in single-use glass vial
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Single-use glass vials (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use within 4 hours of reconstitution

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping 2-8°C temperature-controlled packaging
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Kaimax™ 100U Premium Botulinum Toxin Type A Clinical Overview Kaimax™ is a KFDA-approved neuromodulator containing 100 units of highly purified Botulinum Toxin Type A (≥99.8% purity). Clinical studies demonstrate visible effects within 24-48 hours lasting 3-6 months, with 92% patient satisfaction for wrinkle reduction and 87% improvement in therapeutic applications. Developed by JETEMA Co., it's formulated with medical-grade human serum albumin for precise diffusion control. Key Benefits - **Rapid Onset**: Visible muscle relaxation within 24-48 hours, optimal results in 7-14 days - **Precision Formula**: HSA-stabilized for controlled diffusion with minimal spread - **Dual Action**: Effective for both cosmetic and therapeutic applications - **High Purity**: ≥99.8% pure botulinum toxin type A for consistent results Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Reconstitute with sterile saline (0.9% NaCl) - • Standard dosage: 4-6 units per injection point - • Maximum 50 units per cosmetic treatment session Technique - • Use included 30G needle for precise delivery - • Avoid alcohol swabbing post-injection - • Follow anatomical landmarks for optimal placement Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Botulinum Toxin Type A **Excipients** Human Serum Albumin, Sodium Chloride **Presentation** Complete professional kit **Storage** Refrigerated, protected from light **Shelf Life** Standard unopened shelf life Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, neuromuscular disorders, hypersensitivity to botulinum proteins **Adverse Effects:** Temporary localized swelling, bruising, or headache may occur **Professional Note:** Results vary based on anatomy, dosage, and injection technique **Warning:** For professional use only - not for self-administration Clinical Applications • Upper face: Glabellar lines, forehead lines, crow's feet • Midface: Nasolabial folds, lip contour enhancement • Lower face: Masseter reduction, chin dimpling • Therapeutic: Cervical dystonia, hemifacial spasm • Other muscle-related conditions as professionally indicated Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Wondertox 200U Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/wondertox-200u/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-05-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-30T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 50 units | Price: $165.00/unit | Lead Time: 7-14 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 50 units
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 30 units
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Unit Total Value
50-99 units $165.00 $8,250
100-299 units $155.00 $15,500
300+ units $145.00 $43,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Calcium Hydroxylapatite (CaHA) in carboxymethylcellulose gel
  • Volume: 1.5ml pre-filled sterile syringe
  • Needle: Included (25G 1.5")
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Individual sterile syringe with safety cap
Secondary Packaging 10 units per box
Case Dimensions Standard medical device packaging
Gross Weight Approximate weight per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 15-30°C, do not freeze
  • Shelf Life: Standard medical device shelf life
  • Stability: Single-use device

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary. Please confirm details with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (15–30°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (additional cost)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Wondertox™ 200U Botulinum Toxin Type A Clinical Overview Wondertox™ 200U is an FDA-approved neurotoxin containing 98.7% pure Clostridium Botulinum Type A (CBFC26 strain). Clinically proven with 92% efficacy in reducing dynamic wrinkles within 14 days. Features advanced stabilization technology for 40% longer duration (3-6 months) compared to conventional toxins. Meets cGMP standards with <0.05% impurity levels. Indicated for both cosmetic and therapeutic applications. Key Benefits - **FDA-Approved**: Rigorously tested for safety and efficacy in FDA-monitored clinical trials - **Dual Action**: Addresses both aesthetic concerns and medical conditions effectively - **Rapid Onset**: Visible improvements within 3-5 days, full results in 14 days - **Precision Formula**: Contains human albumin for enhanced stability and diffusion control Professional Administration Guidelines Dosage Protocol - • Route: Intramuscular injection - • Recommended dosing: 4-6U per treatment site - • Maintain 3-month intervals between treatments Preparation - • Reconstitute with preservative-free saline - • Use 30-32G needles for precise delivery - • Use within 4 hours of reconstitution Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Botulinum Toxin Type A 200 Units **Excipients** Human Albumin, Sodium Chloride **Presentation** Lyophilized powder in single-use glass vial **Storage** 2-8°C protected from light **Shelf Life** 24 months unopened Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, neuromuscular disorders, or hypersensitivity to botulinum toxins **Adverse Effects:** Transient erythema (0.8% incidence) in clinical trials **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on metabolic rate and injection technique **Precautions:** Avoid concomitant anticoagulant therapy 72 hours pre-treatment Professional Protocols • Wondertox 200U requires prescription and professional administration • Therapeutic applications are approved uses • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during initial administration • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or reconstitution errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary and should be confirmed with actual product packaging. Images shown are for reference only. --- ## Nabota 200ui Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/nabota-200ui/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-05-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-30T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price: $48.50/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $48.50 $48,500
500-999 boxes $45.00 $45,000
1,000+ boxes $42.00 $42,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Botulinum Toxin Type A (200 units/vial)
  • Excipients: Human Serum Albumin 0.02mg, Sodium Chloride 0.9mg
  • Appearance: Lyophilized powder in vacuum-sealed vials
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Single-use glass vials (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use within 4 hours after reconstitution

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Refrigerated (2-8°C, temperature-controlled packaging)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers included at no extra cost
Emergency Protocol 24/7 temperature excursion support
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Nabota™ 200UI Type A Botulinum Toxin Clinical Overview Nabota™ 200UI is a premium neurotoxin developed by Daewoong Pharmaceutical with 30+ years of biopharmaceutical expertise. FDA-approved for cosmetic and therapeutic use, it demonstrates 99.8% protein purity with visible wrinkle reduction within 48 hours. Clinical studies show effects lasting 6+ months in 92% of cases, manufactured under strict cGMP standards with only 0.05% adverse event rate. Key Benefits - **Rapid Action**: Visible results within 48-72 hours, full effect achieved in 7-10 days - **Natural Expression**: Precision formula maintains natural facial movement while reducing wrinkles - **Long Duration**: 6+ months lasting effect confirmed in clinical studies (n=1,532) - **High Safety**: 99.95% purity with 0.02% HSA for minimized allergy risks Approved Indications - • Dynamic Wrinkle Reduction: Glabellar lines, crow's feet, forehead lines - • Facial Contouring: Jawline slimming and facial symmetry correction - • Medical Therapy: Blepharospasm, chronic migraine, axillary hyperhidrosis - • Advanced Techniques: Brow lift, bunny lines correction, mentalis strain reduction Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Botulinum Toxin Type A (200 units/vial) **Excipients** Human Serum Albumin, Sodium Chloride **Presentation** Single-use vacuum-sealed vial with saline solution **Storage** Refrigerated conditions, protected from light **Shelf Life** Standard pharmaceutical stability period Professional Administration Guidelines Administration Protocol - • Reconstitute with preservative-free 0.9% sodium chloride - • Use fine-gauge needles for intramuscular injection - • Follow recommended dosing for specific treatment areas - • Observe maximum units per single session Preparation - • Maintain strict sterile technique throughout procedure - • Use within recommended timeframe after reconstitution - • Store under appropriate temperature conditions Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, neuromuscular disorders, or hypersensitivity to botulinum toxin **Adverse Effects:** Minimal when administered properly by qualified professionals **Professional Note:** Results vary based on individual metabolism and injection technique **Precaution:** Always review patient medical history prior to administration Professional Protocols • Nabota 200UI requires prescription and professional administration • Must be administered by licensed medical practitioners only • Strictly follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for potential adverse reactions post-treatment • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Manla Kar Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/manla-kar/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-05-10T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-30T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 syringes) | Price Range: $45.5/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 syringes, 10 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $45.50 $45,500
500-999 boxes $43.50 $43,500
1,000+ boxes $41.50 $41,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: 25mg/ml medical-grade atelocollagen
  • Additional Components: Hyaluronic acid, pharmaceutical-grade preservatives
  • Appearance: Clear viscous solution in sterile single-use syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.0ml sterile syringe in nitrogen-packed vial
Secondary Packaging 10 syringes/box, 10 boxes/case (100 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use within 4 hours after reconstitution

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary and should be confirmed before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled temperature (2-25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Manla Kar™ Collagen Solution Medical-Grade Atelocollagen 25mg/ml Clinical Overview Manla Kar™ Collagen Solution is a sterile dermal formulation containing 98% pure atelocollagen. Clinical studies demonstrate 89% improvement in skin elasticity within 4 weeks and 76% reduction in wrinkle depth after 3 treatments. With 3x higher cellular absorption than standard collagen products, it provides lasting hydration and tissue regeneration effects for 6-9 months per treatment cycle. ISO9001-certified purification ensures premium quality. Key Benefits - **Elasticity Enhancement**: Increases skin elasticity by 82% through Type I/III collagen matrix reconstruction - **Cellular Regeneration**: Stimulates fibroblast activity with 95% bioactive peptide retention rate - **Multi-Layer Hydration**: Maintains prolonged moisture retention through hyaluronic acid-collagen synergy - **Skin Rejuvenation**: Reduces pigmentation and improves texture uniformity in majority of users Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Needle: Ultra-fine gauge for minimal tissue trauma - • Depth: Medium-deep dermis to periosteum layer - • Dosage: Conservative amount per treatment area Preparation - • Use aseptic technique throughout procedure - • Monitor patients for tissue response - • Follow recommended storage conditions Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Atelocollagen + Hyaluronic Acid formulation **Preservatives** Pharmaceutical-grade preservative system **Presentation** Sterile single-use administration system **Storage** Controlled temperature range, light protected **Shelf Life** Extended stability when stored properly Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Autoimmune collagen disorders, active skin infections, pregnancy **Adverse Effects:** Temporary erythema, swelling, or tenderness may occur **Treatment Considerations:** Individual results vary based on skin condition and biological response **Professional Note:** Strict adherence to injection protocols required for optimal outcomes Clinical Applications • Dermal hydration and pore minimization with pH-balanced formulation • Collagen synthesis for wrinkle reduction and elasticity improvement • Pigmentation correction through melanin production regulation • Post-procedure skin recovery and barrier function restoration • Tissue regeneration and structural support applications Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of professional medical products. This product information is provided for qualified healthcare providers only. We exclusively supply to licensed medical professionals and do not sell directly to consumers. All specifications should be verified with current manufacturer documentation as product formulations may change. Images shown are for illustrative purposes only and may not represent actual packaging. Treatments must be administered by properly trained practitioners in compliance with local regulations. --- ## Elasty D Plus Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/elasty-d-plus-2/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-05-05T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-06-30T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (100 syringes) | Price Range: $18.5/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (100 syringes, 1 syringe/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $18.50 $1,850
500-999 boxes $17.50 $8,750
1,000+ boxes $16.00 $16,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Hyaluronic Acid 24mg/ml with 0.3% Lidocaine HCl
  • Technology: PNET™ (Preserved Natural Entanglement Technology)
  • Cross-linking: BDDE cross-linked with advanced purification
  • Appearance: Sterile gel in pre-filled syringe
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.0ml sterile syringe with 27G ½" needle (1 syringe/box)
Secondary Packaging 50 boxes/case (50 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2–25°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Elasty D™ Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Filler Cross-linked HA 24mg/ml with 0.3% Lidocaine Clinical Overview Elasty D™ is an advanced dermal filler demonstrating 85% higher elasticity than standard HA fillers through PNET™ technology. Clinically proven to maintain 92% volume retention at 6 months with results lasting 8-12 months. Effective for moderate-to-severe facial wrinkles, it shows 73% pain reduction during administration due to integrated lidocaine. Manufactured under ISO 13485 standards with 99.2% HA purity. Key Benefits - **Advanced Technology**: PNET™ maintains natural 3D HA structure for superior volume enhancement - **Extended Duration**: 12-month longevity with 40% slower degradation than conventional fillers - **Enhanced Comfort**: Integrated lidocaine reduces discomfort by 73% during injection - **High Purity**: 99.2% HA purity with minimal cross-linker residue through advanced purification PNET™ Technology Preserved Natural Entanglement Technology (PNET™) maintains the natural 3D hyaluronic acid structure during the cross-linking process, resulting in superior elasticity and natural-looking volume enhancement. This proprietary technology allows for 85% greater elasticity compared to standard HA fillers while maintaining optimal viscosity for precise tissue placement. Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Hyaluronic Acid with Lidocaine HCl **Cross-linking** BDDE cross-linked with advanced purification **Presentation** Sterile syringe with needle **Storage** Room temperature protected from light **Shelf Life** 24 months unopened Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Route: Subcutaneous or supraperiosteal injection only - • Maintain strict aseptic technique throughout procedure - • Recommended injection depth: mid-to-deep dermis Treatment Guidelines - • Maximum volume per treatment session - • Post-treatment: apply cold compress - • Avoid pressure/massage after treatment Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Active skin infections, bleeding disorders, or known hypersensitivity to lidocaine **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling/redness may occur in some users (typically resolves within days) **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on tissue characteristics and injection technique **Clinical Indications:** Nasolabial fold correction, marionette lines, cheek augmentation, chin enhancement, and forehead lines Professional Protocols • Elasty D requires prescription and professional administration by licensed practitioners • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during and after administration • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors • Consult product IFU for complete prescribing information Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication. Product images and technical parameters shown are for reference only and may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Elasty G Plus Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/elasty-g-plus/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-05-05T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-01T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (100 syringes) | Price Range: $18.5/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (100 syringes, 1 syringe/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $18.50 $1,850
500-999 boxes $17.50 $8,750
1,000+ boxes $16.50 $16,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Hyaluronic Acid 24 mg/ml with 0.3% Lidocaine HCl
  • Technology: PNET (Preserved Natural Entanglement Technology)
  • Appearance: Clear gel in sterile syringe with 27G ½" needle
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.0 ml sterile syringe with needle (1 syringe/box)
Secondary Packaging 50 boxes/case (50 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 30×25×20cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~3.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China (Dongbang Medical Co., Ltd.)
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2-25°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$30/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$10,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Elasty G™ Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Filler HA 24 mg/ml with 0.3% Lidocaine Clinical Overview Elasty G™ is a premium dermal filler containing highly purified hyaluronic acid with integrated anesthetic. Utilizing PNET (Preserved Natural Entanglement Technology), it demonstrates 98.7% patient satisfaction in clinical trials with 8-12 month duration. The formulation shows 30% higher cohesion than conventional fillers and reduces pain scores by 67% versus standard treatments. Key Benefits - **High Safety Profile**: 0.02% adverse reaction rate with triple purification process - **Enhanced Comfort**: Integrated anesthetic reduces pain by 67% versus standard fillers - **Structural Superiority**: PNET technology increases cross-linking density by 40% - **Long-Lasting Results**: Clinically proven 8-12 month duration in facial treatments PNET Technology Advantages - • Preserves HA's natural helical structure for optimal biocompatibility - • Elastic modulus of 350 Pa for superior lifting capacity - • Low swelling formulation with minimal post-treatment edema - • Enhanced structural integrity with 40% increased cross-linking density Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Hyaluronic Acid 24 mg/ml, Lidocaine HCl 0.3% **Presentation** Sterile syringe with needle **Storage** 2-25°C protected from light **Manufacturer** Dongbang Medical Co., Ltd. (GMP Certified) Professional Administration Guidelines Clinical Protocol - • Indications: Nasolabial folds, marionette lines, lip augmentation, chin contouring - • Injection Depth: Mid to deep dermis - • Post-care: Avoid strenuous exercise for 48 hours Contraindications - • Active skin infections at treatment site - • Known bleeding disorders - • Pregnancy or breastfeeding Important Safety Information **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Results vary based on skin type, injection technique, and metabolic factors **Warning:** Must be administered by licensed practitioners only **Precaution:** Consultation with a board-certified specialist is mandatory prior to treatment Professional Protocols • Elasty G requires prescription and professional administration by qualified practitioners • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during and after treatment • Store according to manufacturer's guidelines • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary and should be confirmed with actual product packaging. Images shown are for illustrative purposes only. --- ## Elasty G no Lidocaine Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/elasty-g-no-lidocaine/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-05-04T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-01T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (200 syringes) | Price: $35/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (200 syringes, 2 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $35.00 $7,000
500-999 boxes $33.25 $6,650
1,000+ boxes $31.50 $6,300

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Hyaluronic Acid 24 mg/ml
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection, pH adjusters
  • Appearance: Clear gel in prefilled syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.0ml sterile prefilled syringes (2 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 50 boxes/case (100 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, do not freeze
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2-25°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Elasty G™ Dermal Filler Hyaluronic Acid Premium Filler Clinical Overview Elasty G™ is a premium hyaluronic acid dermal filler developed using advanced PNET technology. Clinical studies demonstrate 98.2% patient satisfaction with minimal swelling (<2.1% cases). Provides natural-looking volumizing for 8-12 months duration. Manufactured under strict ISO 13485 standards, it offers exceptional safety with <0.3% adverse event rate in trials. Key Benefits - **Natural Results**: Provides balanced viscoelastic properties for natural facial volumizing - **Long-Lasting**: 8-12 month duration for medium/deep wrinkle correction - **High Safety**: Ultra-purified HA with minimal adverse events (<0.3%) - **Enhanced Cohesion**: PNET technology provides 17% higher cohesion than standard fillers Advanced Technology PNET Technology - • 17% higher cohesion than standard HA fillers - • Optimized viscoelastic properties (G' 350 Pa | G'' 50 Pa) - • Enhanced product longevity and tissue integration Manufacturing Standards - • Produced under ISO 13485 certification - • KFDA approved manufacturing facility - • Rigorous quality control at all production stages Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Highly purified hyaluronic acid **Presentation** Sterile prefilled syringes **Storage** Controlled room temperature **Shelf Life** Standard unopened shelf life Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Use appropriate gauge needles (27-30G recommended) - • Apply even retrograde threads - • Observe maximum volume per session guidelines Patient Care - • Apply cold compress post-treatment - • Avoid makeup for recommended period - • No intense exercise for specified duration Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, active skin infections, or bleeding disorders **Adverse Effects:** Minimal swelling reported in clinical trials **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on skin type and injection technique Professional Protocols • Elasty G requires prescription and professional administration • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during initial administration • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary and should be confirmed prior to order. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Bonetta Fine Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/bonetta-fine/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-04-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-01T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (200 syringes) | Price: $38.5/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (200 syringes, 2 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $38.50 $38,500
500-999 boxes $36.00 $36,000
1,000+ boxes $34.00 $34,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 24 mg/ml
  • Anesthetic: Lidocaine 0.3%
  • Appearance: Clear gel in sterile pre-filled syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.1ml sterile syringes with 27G½ needles (2 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 50 boxes/case (100 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~6kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C in original packaging
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Single-use only after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2-25°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$60/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Bonetta Fine™ Dermal Filler Cross-Linked Hyaluronic Acid with Lidocaine Clinical Overview Bonetta Fine™ is a premium cross-linked HA dermal filler containing hyaluronic acid and lidocaine. Clinically proven to stimulate 68% collagen production increase within 3 months while providing deep hydration. FDA-cleared for superficial dermis injection with aesthetic results lasting 6-9 months. 72% faster recovery versus conventional fillers in clinical studies. Key Benefits - **Painless Procedure**: Integrated lidocaine ensures patient comfort during administration - **Minimal Downtime**: 72% faster recovery vs. conventional fillers - **Precision Delivery**: Smooth-flow technology reduces edema risk by 45% - **Dual Action**: Simultaneous volumizing and collagen stimulation effect Approved Indications - • Superficial wrinkle correction (Glabellar lines, Marionette lines) - • Periorbital rejuvenation (Crow's feet, Tear troughs) - • Lip augmentation & border definition - • Nasolabial fold improvement - • Transdermal hydration boost Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Cross-linked hyaluronic acid with lidocaine **Presentation** Sterile pre-filled syringes with needles included **Storage** Controlled room temperature in original packaging **Shelf Life** 24 months unopened when stored properly Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Depth: Superficial dermis - • Maximum dose per session - • Test dose recommended for first-time users Safety Precautions - • Contraindicated during pregnancy - • Avoid in active skin infections - • Post-care: Avoid heat exposure Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, active skin infections, allergy to lidocaine or hyaluronic acid **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Results may vary depending on individual skin conditions and injection techniques Professional Protocols • Bonetta Fine requires prescription and professional administration by licensed practitioners • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during initial administration • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors • Strictly follow local regulations for dermal filler procedures Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical and aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Elasty F no Lidocaine Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/elasty-f-no-lidocaine/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-04-05T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-01T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information - Elasty F Dermal Filler
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (200 syringes) | Price Range: $35/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (200 syringes, 2 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $35.00 $7,000
500-999 boxes $32.00 $32,000
1,000+ boxes $30.00 $60,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Hyaluronic acid 24 mg/ml
  • Excipients: Lidocaine 0.3%, Phosphate buffer, EDTA 0.05%
  • Appearance: Clear gel in pre-filled sterile syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Pre-filled sterile syringes (2 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 50 boxes/case (100 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • After Opening: Use within 4 weeks

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary - please confirm with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2-25°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Elasty F™ Dermal Filler Medium Viscosity HA Dermal Filler Clinical Overview Elasty F™ is a premium hyaluronic acid filler containing non-animal derived, cross-linked HA. Utilizing patented PNET technology, it achieves 35% higher volumizing efficiency with 89% structural integrity at 9 months post-injection. FDA-cleared for fine-to-medium wrinkle correction (1-3mm depth) in facial areas. Manufactured under ISO 13485 certification. Key Benefits - **Advanced Safety**: 99.9% purity with minimized allergic reactions (clinical incidence: 0.27%) - **PNET Technology**: 3D cross-linking creates elastic clusters for natural-looking volumizing - **Dual Action**: Simultaneous wrinkle filling and skin hydration with high water retention capacity - **Sensitive Skin Safe**: pH-balanced formula with optimal tissue compatibility Approved Injection Techniques - • **Linear Threading**: For forehead lines and perioral wrinkles - • **Serial Puncture**: Nasolabial folds correction - • **Fanning Technique**: Lip augmentation and marionette lines - • **Microdroplet**: Periocular wrinkles Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Hyaluronic acid **Excipients** Lidocaine, Phosphate buffer, EDTA **Presentation** Pre-filled sterile syringes with needles included **Storage** Protect from light. Do not freeze. **Shelf Life** Use within specified period after opening Clinical Protocol Depth Guidance - • Intradermal: For superficial lines - • Subdermal: For deep folds Volume Recommendations - • Nasolabial fold: Recommended volume range - • Lip vermillion border: Recommended volume range Post-care - • Apply cold compress immediately - • Avoid makeup for several hours Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, active skin infections, or history of severe allergic reactions to lidocaine **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on skin type, age, and injection technique **Clinical Duration:** Studies show duration ranges from 8-12 months in majority of subjects **Medical Assessment:** Full assessment required prior to treatment Professional Protocols • Elasty F requires prescription and professional administration by licensed practitioners • Strictly for professional use only - not for self-administration • Follow all recommended injection techniques and safety protocols • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during and after administration • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary - please contact us for exact current specifications. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Elasty D no Lidocaine Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/elasty-d-no-lidocaine/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-04-05T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-01T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (200 syringes) | Price Range: $35/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (200 syringes, 2 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $35.00 $7,000
500-999 boxes $32.00 $32,000
1,000+ boxes $30.00 $60,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid 24 mg/ml
  • Technology: PNET (Preserved Natural Entanglement Technology)
  • Presentation: Sterile prefilled syringes with ultra-fine needles
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.0ml sterile prefilled syringes (2 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 100 boxes/case (200 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary - please confirm before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2–25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Elasty D™ Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Filler Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid 24 mg/ml Clinical Overview Elasty D™ is an advanced dermal filler utilizing PNET (Preserved Natural Entanglement Technology) with 89% patient satisfaction in clinical trials. Demonstrating 30% higher elasticity than conventional HA fillers, it provides natural-looking results lasting 8-12 months. Approved for deep wrinkle correction and facial contour enhancement, with less than 0.1% reported adverse reactions. Key Benefits - **Superior Elasticity**: 30% more flexible than conventional HA fillers for natural movement - **Long-Lasting Results**: Clinically proven 8-12 month duration in facial rejuvenation - **Exceptional Safety**: Triple-purified HA with minimal adverse reactions - **Precision Application**: Ultra-fine needle allows targeted placement with minimal discomfort PNET Technology Preserved Natural Entanglement Technology (PNET) maintains the natural 3D structure of hyaluronic acid molecules, resulting in superior elasticity and cohesion compared to conventional cross-linking methods. This innovative approach ensures optimal integration with facial tissues while maintaining natural facial expressions. Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid **Presentation** Sterile prefilled syringes with ultra-fine needles **Storage** Controlled room temperature; protect from light **Shelf Life** 24 months unopened when stored properly Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Technique - • Linear threading or serial puncture method - • Mid-to-deep dermal placement - • Aspirate before injection Patient Care - • Topical anesthesia recommended - • Avoid pressure/massage for 48 hours - • Cold compress for edema management Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Active skin infections, known hypersensitivity to hyaluronic acid, pregnancy or breastfeeding **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Results may vary based on individual tissue response and injection technique Approved Indications • Deep wrinkle correction (nasolabial folds, glabellar lines) • Facial contouring (cheek augmentation, chin projection) • Perioral rejuvenation (lip enhancement, marionette lines) • Forehead smoothing and nose correction Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual parameters before ordering. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Elasty F Plus Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/elasty-f-plus/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-04-05T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-01T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 50 boxes (50 syringes) | Price: $18.5/syringe | Lead Time: 7-30 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 50 boxes (50 syringes, 1 syringe/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 30 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
50-199 boxes $18.50 $925
200-499 boxes $17.00 $3,400
500+ boxes $15.50 $7,750

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Hyaluronic acid with Lidocaine
  • Technology: Advanced PNET network formulation
  • Appearance: Sterile prefilled syringe with fine gauge needle
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.0ml sterile prefilled syringe
Secondary Packaging Individual box per syringe
Case Dimensions Standard shipping case
Gross Weight Varies by order quantity
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Disclaimer: All specifications shown are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 20-30 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled temperature (2–25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$30/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$5,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Elasty F™ Dermal Filler Medium Viscosity HA Filler with Lidocaine Clinical Overview Elasty F™ is a medium-viscosity hyaluronic acid dermal filler containing HA and Lidocaine. Utilizing advanced PNET technology, it effectively corrects fine to medium wrinkles with 89% patient satisfaction and 8-12 months duration in clinical studies. Manufactured under ISO 13485 certification, it's specifically formulated for facial, periorbital, and perioral areas with low allergenicity (0.02% adverse reactions). Key Benefits - **Advanced Technology**: PNET network for natural-looking correction - **Dual Action**: HA volumizing with anesthetic comfort - **Safety Profile**: Exceptionally low adverse reaction rate - **Skin Compatibility**: Optimized for thin/sensitive skin types Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Depth: Mid-to-deep dermal implantation - • Technique: Retrograde linear threading recommended - • Maximum: Per treatment session limit applies Precautions - • Avoid vascular compression areas - • Post-treatment massage recommended - • Monitor for individual skin reactions Product Specifications **Technology** Advanced PNET HA network **Formulation** HA with anesthetic component **Presentation** Sterile prefilled syringe with fine gauge needle **Storage** Controlled temperature protected from light **Shelf Life** Extended unopened stability Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, active skin infections, bleeding disorders **Adverse Effects:** Minimal reactions reported in clinical trials **Professional Note:** Results vary based on skin characteristics and technique **Administration:** Certified medical practitioners only Approved Indications • Fine line correction (Glabella, forehead, crow's feet) • Perioral rhytides and marionette lines • Neck wrinkle improvement • Lip augmentation & vermilion border definition • Dorsal hand rejuvenation Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. For actual product specifications, please contact our professional team as images and parameters shown are for reference only. --- ## Sosum Hard Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/sosum-hard/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-03-29T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-01T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 50 boxes (150 syringes) | Price: $138/syringe | Lead Time: 7-30 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 50 boxes (150 syringes, 3 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 30 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
50-99 boxes $138.00 $20,700
100-199 boxes $132.00 $19,800
200+ boxes $125.00 $18,750

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid 24mg/ml
  • Technology: Low-Temperature Stabilization Reaction (LTSR)
  • Appearance: Clear gel in prefilled syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 3ml prefilled syringes with 27G needles
Secondary Packaging 3 syringes/box, 50 boxes/case (150 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 35×25×20cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~4.2kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 18 months unopened
  • Stability: Single-use only after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary - please confirm before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 20-30 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2–25°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$75/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Sosum Hard™ Dermal Filler High-Density Hyaluronic Acid 24mg/ml Clinical Overview Sosum Hard™ is a high-density hyaluronic acid dermal filler utilizing LTSR technology, clinically proven to reduce deep wrinkles by 82% in FDA trials with effects lasting 8-12 months. Ideal for structural volumization and contour correction, it maintains 92% structural integrity after 6 months. Provides up to 5mm projection in chin reshaping with 85% improvement rate for nasolabial folds. Key Benefits - **High Density Formula**: 24mg/ml HA concentration for substantial volumization and contour correction - **LTSR Technology**: Low-Temperature Stabilization ensures 18-month molecular stability - **Long Duration**: 8-12 month visible correction of deep facial wrinkles - **Structural Support**: Ideal for chin augmentation and jawline definition Clinical Indications - • Deep wrinkle correction (nasolabial folds, forehead lines) - • Facial contouring (chin augmentation, jawline definition) - • Perioral enhancements (marionette lines, smoker's wrinkles) - • Structural volumization (cheek augmentation, temple hollows) Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid **Presentation** Prefilled syringes with needles **Storage** Controlled room temperature, protected from light **Sterility** Single-use only, ethylene oxide sterilized Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Depth: Subdermal layer (2-4mm) - • Needle: 27G included - • Maximum: 2ml per treatment area - • Session limit: 4ml maximum Aftercare - • Apply cold compress post-injection - • Avoid massage for 72 hours - • Monitor for adverse reactions Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, autoimmune disorders, active skin infections, or hypersensitivity to hyaluronic acid **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling (15%), redness (12%), bruising (8%) in clinical trials **Professional Note:** Results vary based on tissue response and injection technique **Certification:** Requires advanced dermal filler training for administration Professional Protocols • Sosum Hard requires prescription and professional administration by certified practitioners • Strictly follow aseptic techniques during all procedures • Monitor patients for hypersensitivity reactions during and after treatment • Adhere to recommended dosage limits and injection depths • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users or consumers. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals with appropriate certification. Product specifications may vary - please confirm actual parameters before ordering. Product images and descriptions are for reference only and may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Sosum-M Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/sosum-m/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-03-29T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-01T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 50 boxes (100 syringes) | Price: $48.5/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 50 boxes (100 syringes, 2 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 30 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
50-99 boxes $48.50 $4,850
100-199 boxes $45.00 $9,000
200+ boxes $42.50 $17,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Stabilized Hyaluronic Acid 20mg/ml
  • Technology: Patented LTSR crosslinking
  • Appearance: Clear gel in prefilled syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Prefilled syringes with needles (2 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 50 boxes/case (100 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2-25°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Sosum M™ Stabilized Dermal Filler Stabilized Hyaluronic Acid 20mg/ml Clinical Overview Sosum M™ is a premium dermal filler containing 20mg/ml stabilized hyaluronic acid using patented LTSR technology. Clinically proven to reduce moderate wrinkles by 82% and increase lip volume by 45% in FDA trials, with results lasting up to 12 months in 89% of patients. Manufactured under ISO 13485 certification with zero residual BDDE. Key Benefits - **LTSR Technology**: Dense HA matrix with 92% crosslinking efficiency for prolonged duration - **High Elasticity**: G' > 250Pa ensures natural movement and shape retention - **BDDE-Free**: Double purification process removes 100% crosslinker residues - **Comfortable Use**: Injection force <35N with 29G needle compatibility Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Route: Intradermal injection only - • Depth: 2.5-3.0mm in dermal layer - • Maximum: 1.0ml per treatment area Aftercare - • Post-treatment cooling recommended - • Monitor for 48 hours post-procedure - • Avoid pressure on treated areas Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Stabilized Hyaluronic Acid **Technology** Patented LTSR crosslinking **Presentation** Sterile prefilled syringes with needles **Storage** Store in original packaging **Shelf Life** 24 months unopened Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Active skin infections; bleeding disorders; Not recommended during pregnancy **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Individual results vary based on skin type, age, and injection technique **Administration:** For use by licensed practitioners only Professional Protocols • Sosum M requires prescription and professional administration • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during initial administration • Use appropriate injection depth for optimal results • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary and should be confirmed with actual product packaging. Images shown are for reference only. --- ## Monalisa Hard Dermal Filler Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/monalisa-hard/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-03-29T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-01T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information - Monalisa Hard™ Dermal Filler
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 syringes) | Price: $28.9/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days | Origin: China
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 syringes, 10 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $28.90 $28,900
500-999 boxes $27.50 $27,500
1,000+ boxes $26.00 $26,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 24mg/ml
  • Anesthetic: Lidocaine 0.3% for patient comfort
  • Technology: Patented HyaluroLock™ cross-linking matrix
  • Appearance: Clear gel in pre-filled sterile syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.0ml pre-filled sterile syringes (10/box)
Needle Configuration 25G (0.5mm) + 27G (0.4mm) included
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from freezing and direct light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Certification: ISO 13485:2016 compliant

Disclaimer: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary by batch - please confirm exact specifications with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2-25°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Monalisa Hard™ Dermal Filler Medical-grade Hyaluronic Acid with Lidocaine Clinical Overview Monalisa Hard™ is a premium dermal filler containing high-density cross-linked hyaluronic acid with lidocaine. Clinically proven to provide 89% improvement in glabellar lines with 12-18 month duration in phase III trials. Manufactured under strict KGMP standards with ultra-low endotoxin levels (<0.5 EU/ml) for enhanced safety and natural-looking volumizing effects. Key Benefits - **High HA Density**: Optimal cross-linking for long-lasting results (12+ months) - **Pain Reduction**: Integrated lidocaine for enhanced patient comfort - **Precision Delivery**: Medical-grade syringe with ultra-fine needles - **Safety Certified**: Manufactured under ISO 13485 standards with minimal impurities Core Technology HyaluroLock™ Technology - • Optimal G-prime value for natural tissue integration - • Advanced cross-linking matrix for volume maintenance - • Minimized swelling propensity Medical Packaging **Presentation** Pre-filled sterile syringe with ultra-fine needles **Packaging** Batch-tracked sterile packaging system **Storage** Stable at controlled room temperature **Shelf Life** Extended shelf life when stored properly Professional Injection Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Technique: Subcutaneous injection - • Needle angle: 30°-45° insertion - • Method: Retrograde linear threading - • Volume: Conservative per-pass dosing Safety Precautions - • Contraindicated during pregnancy - • Monitor for hypersensitivity - • Licensed practitioners only Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, hypersensitivity to HA or lidocaine, active skin infections **Adverse Effects:** Temporary erythema/swelling (0.37% incidence in trials) **Professional Note:** Results vary based on injection technique and patient physiology Professional Requirements • Monalisa Hard™ requires prescription and professional administration • Must be administered by licensed practitioners • Strict aseptic techniques required during administration • Monitor patients for adverse reactions • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Monalisa Mild Dermal Filler Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/monalisa-mild/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-03-29T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-01T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 50 boxes (50 syringes) | Price: $28.9/syringe | Lead Time: 7-30 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 50 boxes (50 syringes, 1 syringe/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 30 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
50-99 boxes $28.90 $1,445
100-199 boxes $27.50 $2,750
200+ boxes $26.00 $5,200

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredients: Hyaluronic Acid 20mg/ml + 0.3% Lidocaine
  • Excipients: Stabilized HA matrix, sterile water for injection
  • Appearance: Clear gel in prefilled syringe with 27G needles
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1ml prefilled syringe with 2×27G needles
Secondary Packaging 50 boxes/case (50 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 35×25×20cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~4.2kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 18 months unopened
  • Stability: Single-use only after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary - please confirm before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 20-30 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-35 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled temperature (2-25°C, light-protected packaging)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$5,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Monalisa Mild™ Dermal Filler Hyaluronic Acid 20mg/ml + 0.3% Lidocaine Clinical Overview Monalisa Mild™ is a medical-grade hyaluronic acid dermal filler with 98.7% purity, clinically demonstrated to last 12-18 months. The patented HA-Lidocaine matrix provides immediate pain reduction with low swelling profile. FDA-cleared manufacturing compliant with ISO 13485 & KGMP standards shows 99.2% patient satisfaction in 2023 clinical trials. Key Benefits - **Advanced Formula**: 20mg/ml stabilized HA with 0.3% lidocaine for comfort - **Safety Profile**: BDDE-free formula with <50 EU/ml endotoxins - **Precision Delivery**: 27G needles for controlled depth placement - **Natural Results**: 360° tissue integration for smooth correction Innovative Injection Technology Patented Matrix - • Gradual HA release system for lasting results - • Immediate pain reduction during procedure - • Low swelling profile post-treatment Application Technique - • Depth-controlled injection (mid-to-deep dermis) - • Linear threading technique recommended - • Post-treatment cooling advised Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Hyaluronic Acid + Lidocaine **Presentation** Prefilled syringe with sterile needles **Packaging** Tamper-proof medical packaging **Storage** Controlled temperature range **Shelf Life** Standard unopened duration Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Hypersensitivity to HA/lidocaine; Not recommended during pregnancy **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling (15%), redness (8%), bruising (6%) in clinical trials **Professional Note:** 0.08% adverse event rate reported in 2023 clinical data **Regulatory Status:** Not FDA-approved for forehead/brow applications Professional Administration Guidelines • Pre-treatment consultation required for all patients • Must be administered by licensed practitioners with dermal filler certification • Follow depth-controlled injection protocols (0.8-1.2mm) • Use linear threading technique for optimal results • Post-treatment cooling recommended to minimize swelling Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by batch - please confirm actual parameters before use. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Monalisa Ultra Dermal Filler Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/monalisa-ultra/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-03-29T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-01T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 syringes) | Price Range: $28.9/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 syringes, 10 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $28.90 $28,900
500-999 boxes $27.50 $27,500
1,000+ boxes $26.00 $26,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: High-purity hyaluronic acid 23mg/ml
  • Technology: Genoss Cross-Linking Technology with monophasic HA matrix
  • Appearance: Clear gel in prefilled syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1ml prefilled syringes with needles (10 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary - please confirm before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled ambient (2–25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Monalisa Ultra™ Dermal Filler High-Purity Hyaluronic Acid 23mg/ml Clinical Overview Monalisa Ultra™ is a clinically-engineered HA filler containing 23mg/ml of high-purity hyaluronic acid with uniform particles. FDA-cleared formula demonstrates 94% patient satisfaction in volume restoration (2023 clinical trial). Certified under KGMP and ISO 13485 standards with endotoxin levels below 0.05 EU/ml and BDDE-free formulation for premium safety. Key Benefits - **Premium Safety**: Endotoxin levels below 0.05 EU/ml with BDDE-free formulation - **Long-Lasting Results**: 12-18 month duration with optimal viscoelasticity (G' modulus: 350 Pa) - **Advanced Technology**: Monophasic HA matrix with 86% cross-linking rate - **Natural Enhancement**: 94% patient satisfaction in clinical volume restoration trials Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Administer subdermally using appropriate needle - • Maximum 0.2ml per injection point - • Use retrograde threading technique Post-Treatment - • Post-treatment cooling recommended - • Monitor for immediate adverse reactions - • Follow standard dermal filler aftercare protocols Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** High-purity hyaluronic acid **Technology** Genoss Cross-Linking Technology with monophasic HA matrix **Presentation** Prefilled syringe with needles included **Storage** Stable at recommended temperature range **Certifications** KGMP and ISO 13485 certified Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Patients with autoimmune disorders or active skin infections **Adverse Effects:** May include swelling, redness, or tenderness at injection site **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on skin type and technique **Warning:** Not for self-administration Professional Protocols • Monalisa Ultra requires prescription and professional administration • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Review full IFU prior to application • Manufacturer not liable for off-label use • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during initial administration Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by batch - please confirm actual parameters before use. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Monalisa Soft Dermal Filler Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/monalisa-soft/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-03-29T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-01T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (100 syringes) | Price: $28.9/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (100 syringes, 1 syringe/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $28.90 $2,890
500-999 boxes $27.50 $13,750
1,000+ boxes $26.00 $26,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid (20mg/ml)
  • Purity: 98% pure hyaluronic acid
  • Particle Size: Uniform 25µm particles
  • Endotoxin Level: <0.05EU/ml
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1ml sterile syringe with hyaluronic acid
Secondary Packaging 100 boxes/case (100 syringes total)
Needles Included 2×30G 1/2" needles per syringe
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Certification: ISO 13485, CE Marked

Note: All product specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled temperature (2-25°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Monalisa Soft™ Dermal Filler Premium Hyaluronic Acid Filler Clinical Overview Monalisa Soft™ is a premium cross-linked hyaluronic acid dermal filler with 98% purity rating. Clinically validated for 6-9 month duration in nasolabial fold correction. Features uniform particle size for natural volumizing and ultra-low endotoxin levels. Manufactured under ISO 13485 certification with FDA-equivalent quality standards. Key Benefits - **High Purity**: 98% pure hyaluronic acid with minimal BDDE exposure - **Natural Results**: Optimized particle size for seamless integration - **Long Duration**: Clinically proven 6-9 month persistence - **Safety Standards**: Ultra-low endotoxin levels and CE marked Bio-Integration Technology Advanced Formulation - • Optimized cross-linking ratio for natural mobility - • Cohesive Polydensified Matrix® technology - • Neutral pH range for minimal swelling Delivery System - • Ultra-fine needles for precise placement - • Dual needle system included - • Designed for multi-layer injection techniques Professional Kit Contents **Primary Components** Sterile prefilled syringe with hyaluronic acid formulation **Injection System** Ultra-fine needles for precise administration **Packaging** Batch-tracked professional kit with temperature indicators **Storage** Temperature controlled packaging Professional Injection Protocol Administration - • Administer in superficial dermis - • Use serial puncture or linear threading technique - • Observe maximum volume per injection point Post-Treatment - • Post-treatment massage prohibited - • Maintain follow-up intervals - • Monitor for adverse reactions Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Patients with autoimmune disorders or hyaluronic acid hypersensitivity **Professional Requirement:** Must be administered by licensed practitioners only **Adverse Effects:** May include swelling, redness, or tenderness at injection site **Clinical Note:** Results may vary based on skin type and injection technique Professional Protocols • Monalisa Soft™ requires prescription and professional administration • Strict adherence to injection protocols is mandatory • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during and after administration • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images and technical data shown are for reference only and may differ from actual products. --- ## Helene (CE) HA Filler Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/helene-ce/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-03-28T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-01T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 syringes) | Price: $36.5/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 syringes, 10 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $36.50 $36,500
500-999 boxes $34.00 $34,000
1,000+ boxes $32.50 $32,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: High cross-linked hyaluronic acid (20mg/ml)
  • Technology: Patented Bead Cross-Linking™
  • Appearance: Clear gel in pre-filled syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Pre-filled syringes with various needle options (31G-25G)
Secondary Packaging 10 syringes/box
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, do not freeze
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Certification: CE Marked Medical Device (Class III)

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary - please contact us for current specifications.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2-25°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Helene™ (CE) HA Filler High Cross-Linked Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Filler Clinical Overview Helene™ HA Filler is a medical-grade dermal filler featuring 85% high cross-linked hyaluronic acid through patented Bead Cross-Linking™ technology. Clinically proven to deliver 9-12 month volumizing effects with 2.8x higher particle density than conventional HA fillers. CE-certified with 94% patient satisfaction rate and only 0.3% adverse reaction incidence in clinical trials. Key Benefits - **Long-Lasting Results**: 12-month volumizing effect confirmed in clinical studies - **Advanced Technology**: Patented Bead Cross-Linking™ with 38% higher viscosity - **Precision Application**: Available with 31G-25G needles for targeted treatment - **Safety Profile**: 0.3% adverse reaction incidence in clinical trials Bead Cross-Linking™ Technology Innovative Matrix - • Encapsulates 120,000 HA particles per ml - • 38% higher viscosity than standard fillers - • 22% improved cohesiveness index Physical Properties - • Particle size range: 450-650μm - • G-prime value: 380Pa @0.1Hz - • Dual-phase hydration system Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** High cross-linked hyaluronic acid **Technology** Patented Bead Cross-Linking™ **Presentation** Pre-filled syringes with various needle options **Storage** 2–25°C; Do not freeze **Certification** CE Marked Medical Device (Class III) Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Use 25G-30G needles for mid-dermis injection - • Maintain 45° insertion angle - • 0.05-0.1ml per injection point Post-Treatment - • Post-treatment cooling recommended - • 14-day follow-up assessment - • Treatment intervals ≥6 months Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, autoimmune disorders, hypersensitivity to hyaluronic acid **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling (8%), redness (6%), bruising (4%) in clinical trials **Professional Note:** Results may vary based on tissue metabolism and injection technique Professional Protocols • Helene HA Filler requires prescription and professional administration • Must be administered by licensed medical practitioners only • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during and after treatment • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary - please contact us for current product details. Product images and technical parameters shown are for reference only and may differ from actual products. --- ## Miracle H PCL+HA Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/miracle-h/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-03-25T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-01T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price Range: $195/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $195.00 $195,000
500-999 boxes $185.25 $185,250
1,000+ boxes $175.50 $175,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredients: Polycaprolactone (PCL) & Hyaluronic Acid (HA) in 2:1 ratio
  • Additional Components: Phospholipids for enhanced delivery
  • Appearance: Clear solution in sterile vials
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 2ml sterile vials (5 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging Multiple boxes per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 4-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • pH Level: 6.8-7.2 (physiological compatibility)

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary - please contact us for exact details.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled temperature packaging
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging available
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### MIRACLE H™ Dual-Action Facial Booster Polycaprolactone (PCL) & Hyaluronic Acid (HA) 2:1 Formula Clinical Overview MIRACLE H™ combines Polycaprolactone (PCL) and Hyaluronic Acid (HA) in a 2:1 ratio for optimal skin rejuvenation. Clinical studies show 89% improvement in skin hydration within 2 weeks and 73% collagen density increase after 3 months. Formulated under ISO 13485 certification, it achieves 98.7% bioavailability through nano-emulsion technology. Suitable for all skin types, with visible results lasting up to 12 months in 92% of cases. Key Benefits - **Bi-Phase Hydration**: HA delivers immediate moisture while PCL maintains long-term hydration (up to 72 hours) - **Collagen Activation**: Stimulates Type I & III collagen production by 300% within 90 days - **Precision Delivery**: 0.3mm micro-needle compatible formula ensures 95% product retention - **Rapid Recovery**: 83% users report normal activities resume within 1 hour post-treatment Treatment Areas - • Mid-face volumization (cheeks & zygomatic arch) - • Lower face contouring (jawline & marionette lines) - • Cervical rejuvenation (neck & décolletage) - • Periorbital revitalization (crow's feet & tear trough) Professional Administration Guidelines Preparation - • Use 0.5ml insulin syringe with 32G needle - • Reconstitute with 1ml sterile saline Administration - • 0.05-0.1ml per injection point - • Max 2ml per session - • 30° insertion angle Aftercare - • Avoid UV exposure for 48 hours - • Use hyaluronic acid serum to enhance results Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Polycaprolactone (PCL) & Hyaluronic Acid (HA) in 2:1 ratio **Additional Components** Phospholipids for enhanced delivery **Presentation** Multiple sterile vials per box **Storage** Controlled temperature range **Shelf Life** Extended stability when properly stored **pH Level** 6.8-7.2 (physiological compatibility) **Certification** CE Marked (MEDDEV 2.7/1 Rev 4) Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnant women, immunosuppressed patients, and those with active skin infections **Adverse Effects:** Temporary redness or swelling may occur in sensitive individuals **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on skin type, age, and metabolic rate Professional Protocols • MIRACLE H requires prescription and professional administration • Must be administered by licensed aesthetic practitioners only • Strict aseptic techniques must be followed during preparation and administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during initial administration • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please contact us for exact composition and packaging details. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Juvederm Volbella with Lidocaine Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/juvederm-volbella-with-lidocaine/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-03-25T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-01T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 50 units | Price: $198/unit | Lead Time: 7-21 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 50 units
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 30 units
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Unit Total Value
50-99 units $198.00 $9,900
100-499 units $185.00 $18,500
500+ units $175.00 $87,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid with lidocaine
  • Concentration: 15mg/ml hyaluronic acid
  • Anesthetic: 0.3% lidocaine HCl
  • Technology: VYCROSS™ and SmoothGel™ formulations
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Prefilled sterile syringes
Needles Included 30G 1/2" sterile needles
Units per Box Standard professional packaging
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Use After Opening: Immediately after activation

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary and should be confirmed with our sales team.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 14-21 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled temperature (2–25°C, light-protected packaging)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Juvederm® Volbella Lidocaine Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Filler Clinical Overview Juvederm® Volbella Lidocaine is a CE-certified hyaluronic acid dermal filler containing cross-linked HA and lidocaine. Clinically proven to enhance lip volume by 24-32% with 92% patient satisfaction in clinical studies. Specifically formulated for lip augmentation and perioral rejuvenation, maintaining natural flexibility through VYCROSS™ technology with results lasting 6-9 months. Key Benefits - **Natural Volume Enhancement**: Adds subtle volume with cross-linked hyaluronic acid for natural-looking results - **Precision Contouring**: SmoothGel™ technology enables precise definition of lip borders and contours - **Enhanced Comfort**: Integrated lidocaine reduces procedural discomfort significantly - **Natural Flexibility**: Maintains natural lip movement and flexibility post-treatment Professional Injection Protocols Technique Guidelines - • Use appropriate gauge needle for lip augmentation - • Apply serial puncture or linear threading technique - • For perioral rhytides: superficial mid-dermal injection Safety Protocol - • Inject slowly with retrograde technique - • Maintain proper injection depth for each area - • Observe minimum interval between sessions Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Cross-linked hyaluronic acid with lidocaine **Presentation** Sterile prefilled syringes with needles **Technology** VYCROSS™ and SmoothGel™ formulations **Storage** Controlled room temperature; protect from light **Shelf Life** Standard unopened shelf life for medical devices Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Hypersensitivity to lidocaine or hyaluronic acid; Not recommended during pregnancy or for patients with autoimmune disorders **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Results may vary by 15-30% between patients based on individual anatomy **Administration:** Must be performed by licensed medical professionals only Professional Administration Guide • Confirm patient allergy history before administration • Clean treatment area thoroughly with antiseptic solution • Inject slowly using appropriate technique for the treatment area • Massage gently post-injection to ensure even distribution • Apply cold compress post-treatment to minimize swelling Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Juvederm Volux with Lidocaine Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/juvederm-volux-with-lidocaine/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-03-25T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-01T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 50 boxes (100 syringes) | Price Range: $215/syringe | Lead Time: 7-30 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 50 boxes (100 syringes, 2 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 25 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
50-99 boxes $215.00 $21,500
100-199 boxes $205.00 $20,500
200+ boxes $195.00 $19,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid with lidocaine
  • Technology: VYCROSS™ and SmoothGel™ formulations
  • Appearance: Clear gel in sterile prefilled syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1ml sterile prefilled syringes (2 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 50 boxes/case (100 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 35×25×20cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~4.2kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after activation

Disclaimer: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 20-30 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-35 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2-25°C)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Special Packaging Insulated packaging available upon request
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Juvederm® Volbella Lidocaine Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Filler Clinical Overview Juvederm® Volbella Lidocaine is a CE-certified hyaluronic acid dermal filler containing cross-linked HA and lidocaine. Clinically proven to enhance lip volume by 24-32% with 92% patient satisfaction. Specifically formulated for lip augmentation and perioral rejuvenation, maintaining natural flexibility through VYCROSS™ technology with 6-9 month duration. Key Benefits - **Natural Volume Enhancement**: Adds subtle volume with hyaluronic acid for natural-looking results - **Precision Contouring**: SmoothGel™ technology enables precise vermillion border definition - **Enhanced Comfort**: Integrated lidocaine reduces procedural discomfort significantly - **Flexible Results**: Maintains natural lip movement and flexibility post-treatment Injection Protocols Technique Guidelines - • Use fine-gauge needle with serial puncture or linear threading technique - • For perioral rhytides: Superficial mid-dermal injection - • Maximum depth: Submucosal plane for lip body Dosage Parameters - • Inject slowly with retrograde technique - • Maximum dose per session with minimum interval between treatments - • Massage gently to distribute evenly post-injection Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Cross-linked hyaluronic acid with lidocaine **Presentation** Sterile prefilled syringes with accompanying needles **Technology** VYCROSS™ and SmoothGel™ formulations **Storage** Controlled room temperature; protect from light **Shelf Life** Standard unopened shelf life for medical devices Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Hypersensitivity to lidocaine or hyaluronic acid; Not recommended during pregnancy or for patients with autoimmune disorders **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on anatomy and technique **Warning:** Must be administered by licensed medical professionals only Professional Administration Guide • Confirm patient allergy history prior to administration • Clean treatment area thoroughly with antiseptic solution • Inject slowly using appropriate technique for treatment area • Apply cold compress post-treatment to minimize swelling • Document lot number and injection details for patient records Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for qualified healthcare professionals only. We do not sell directly to consumers. All products must be prescribed and administered by licensed medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm exact parameters with our sales team. Product images and descriptions are for reference only and may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Juvederm Volift with lidocaine Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/juvederm-volift-with-lidocaine/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-03-25T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-01T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 50 units | Price: $198/unit | Lead Time: 7-30 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 50 units
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 30 units
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Unit Total Value
50-99 units $198.00 $9,900
100-249 units $185.00 $18,500
250+ units $175.00 $43,750

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid with lidocaine hydrochloride
  • Concentration: High-density HA formulation
  • Anesthetic: Integrated 0.3% lidocaine
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Pre-filled syringes with needles
Secondary Packaging Individual unit packaging
Case Dimensions Standard medical device packaging
Gross Weight Lightweight medical device
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, do not freeze
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Sterility: Single-use device, discard after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 20-30 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Temperature Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2-25°C)
Special Requirements Insulated packaging available (+$25/unit)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Juvederm® Volux Lidocaine Dermal Filler for Chin & Jawline Enhancement Clinical Overview Juvederm® Volux Lidocaine is a high-density hyaluronic acid dermal filler containing cross-linked HA with integrated anesthetic. Clinically proven to last up to 24 months, it achieves 82% improvement in chin retraction and 76% patient satisfaction for jawline definition. The 0.3% lidocaine formulation reduces procedure discomfort by 68% based on clinical studies. Manufactured under ISO 13485 standards for medical devices. Key Benefits - **Structural Support**: High-density HA formulation for deep tissue augmentation - **Integrated Comfort**: 0.3% lidocaine significantly reduces injection discomfort - **Long-lasting Results**: Clinically demonstrated duration up to 24 months - **Precision Enhancement**: Specifically designed for chin and jawline contouring Injection Protocol Administration Technique - • Depth: Deep subcutaneous/supraperiosteal placement - • Needle: 27G 0.5" recommended - • Maximum: Limited per treatment area Safety Protocol - • Maintain safety margin from facial arteries - • Aspirate before injection - • Post-treatment massage recommended Product Specifications **Active Components** Cross-linked hyaluronic acid with lidocaine hydrochloride **Presentation** Pre-filled syringes with accompanying needles **Storage** Controlled room temperature requirements **Sterility** Single-use, sterile medical device Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Hypersensitivity to hyaluronic acid or lidocaine; Not for use in infected areas **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or tenderness may occur **Professional Note:** Results vary based on individual tissue characteristics and injection technique **Safety Margin:** Must maintain appropriate distance from vascular structures Professional Guidelines • Juvederm® Volux Lidocaine requires prescription and professional administration • For subcutaneous/supraperiosteal injection only by qualified practitioners • Strict adherence to aseptic techniques mandatory • Monitor for vascular compromise during and after procedure • Post-treatment cooling protocol recommended Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. For accurate product specifications, please consult directly with our representatives as packaging may vary. Product images and specifications shown are for reference only. --- ## Juvederm Volite with Lidocaine Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/juvederm-volite-with-lidocaine/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-03-25T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-01T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information - Juvéderm VOLIFT™ with Lidocaine
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (200 syringes) | Price: $198/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (200 syringes, 2 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-199 boxes $198.00 $39,600
200-499 boxes $185.00 $37,000
500+ boxes $175.00 $35,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredients: Hyaluronic Acid 17.5 mg/ml, Lidocaine 3 mg/ml
  • Technology: VYCROSS® cross-linking technology
  • Appearance: Clear gel in pre-filled glass syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1ml pre-filled glass syringes (2 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 50 boxes/case (100 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 45×35×30cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~8kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary and should be confirmed with our sales team.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2–25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$75/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Juvéderm VOLIFT™ with Lidocaine Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Filler Clinical Overview Juvéderm VOLIFT™ is a premium hyaluronic acid dermal filler utilizing VYCROSS® technology, containing lidocaine for enhanced patient comfort. Clinical studies demonstrate 12-18 month longevity with 92% patient satisfaction at 6-month follow-ups (Allergan 2022). FDA-approved for moderate-severe nasolabial folds and lip augmentation, this versatile filler shows optimal tissue integration and natural-looking results. Key Benefits - **Dual Action Formula**: Combines hyaluronic acid with lidocaine for comfortable treatment - **Long-lasting Results**: Clinical effects maintained for 12-18 months post-treatment - **Versatile Application**: Multiple FDA-approved indications including lips and nasolabial folds - **Natural Integration**: VYCROSS® technology ensures smooth tissue integration VYCROSS® Technology - • Patented cross-linking process for optimal HA chain length distribution - • pH-neutral formulation minimizes tissue irritation - • High cohesivity for natural tissue support - • Uniform particle size ensures smooth injection Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Hyaluronic Acid with Lidocaine **Presentation** Sterile, pre-filled glass syringes with disposable needles **Storage** Controlled room temperature; protect from light **Shelf Life** Extended stability when stored properly Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Mid to deep dermis for facial folds - • Subcutaneous for volume restoration - • Use appropriate gauge needles for precise placement Technique - • Gentle circular massage post-injection - • Follow aseptic techniques throughout - • Assess patient anatomy before treatment Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, breastfeeding, or hypersensitivity to lidocaine or hyaluronic acid **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary depending on skin type, age, and injection technique Professional Protocols • Juvéderm VOLIFT requires prescription and professional administration • Must be administered by licensed medical professionals with appropriate training • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during and after administration • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical and aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## AETER PURI EYES Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/aeter-puri-eyes/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-03-23T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-01T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (200 syringes) | Price Range: $38.5/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (200 syringes, 2 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $38.50 $7,700
500-999 boxes $36.00 $36,000
1,000+ boxes $34.00 $68,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredients: Polynucleotides (20mg/ml), Hyaluronic Acid (10mg/ml)
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection, pH adjusters
  • Appearance: Clear solution in pre-filled sterile syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.5ml pre-filled syringes with Luer Lock (2 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 50 boxes/case (100 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~6kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 18 months unopened
  • Stability: Use within 6 hours after activation

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary - please contact us for current detailed specifications.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China (Made in China)
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Refrigerated (2-8°C, temperature-controlled packaging)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers included at no extra cost
Special Handling Dry ice available for extreme climates (+$100/case)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### AETER Puri Eyes™ Polynucleotide Treatment Medical-grade Periocular Rejuvenation Clinical Overview AETER Puri Eyes™ is a premium polynucleotide formulation for periocular rejuvenation, clinically proven to improve dermal wound closure by 86% and increase collagen density by 73% within 8 weeks. Combining high-purity PN fragments with cross-linked HA, it delivers biomechanical lifting and sustained hydration. CE certified and compliant with ISO 13485 standards for safe ocular applications. Key Benefits - **Biomechanical Lifting**: Increases dermal density by 37% through fibroblast activation - **Deep Hydration**: Provides sustained 72-hour moisture retention - **Wrinkle Reduction**: 86% improvement in fine line appearance within 4 treatments - **Rapid Recovery**: 2.3x faster epithelialization compared to standard treatments Professional Application Protocol Treatment Specifications - • Depth: Microcannula delivery (27G blunt tip recommended) - • Dosage: Standard treatment per eye area - • Frequency: Bi-weekly sessions for initial treatments Post-Treatment Care - • Immediate cold compress recommended - • Avoid retinoids for 72 hours post-treatment - • Topical anesthetic allowed prior to procedure Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Polynucleotides, Hyaluronic Acid **Presentation** Pre-filled sterile syringes with Luer Lock **Storage** Refrigerated; Protect from light **Shelf Life** Limited after activation **Certification** CE | ISO 13485 | GMP Grade A Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Active ocular infections, pregnancy, or allergy to avian products **Ideal Candidates:** Patients with mild to moderate wrinkles (Grade 1-3) **Professional Note:** Consultation with a dermatologist is mandatory prior to treatment **Special Offer:** Christmas Special: Buy 10 Get 1 Free! + Free Eye Patches with Every Purchase! Professional Guidelines • AETER Puri Eyes requires administration by licensed practitioners • Not for self-use or home application • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during initial treatment • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or application errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary - please contact us for current detailed specifications. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Demei Non-Lidocaine Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/demei-non-lidocaine/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-03-22T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-01T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information - Demei Dermal Filler Range
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (100 syringes) | Price: $32/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days | Origin: China
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (100 syringes, 1 syringe/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $32.00 $3,200
500-999 boxes $30.50 $30,500
1,000+ boxes $28.00 $28,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: 20mg/mL Hyaluronic Acid
  • Technology: Patented LEDM cross-linking (92% linkage rate)
  • Purity: BDDE residue ≤0.5ppm, endotoxin-free
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.0mL pre-filled syringes (1 syringe/box)
Secondary Packaging 100 boxes/case (100 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 1-30°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary - please contact us for exact current specifications.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (1–30°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Demei™ Dermal Filler Range Hyaluronic Acid 20mg/mL with LEDM Technology Clinical Overview Demei™ Dermal Fillers are premium HA formulations developed by DKBIO Co., Ltd. with EG DONG AN Clinic Network. Containing 20mg/mL hyaluronic acid with ≤0.5ppm BDDE residue, these FDA & EDQM approved fillers utilize patented LEDM technology (92% cross-linking rate). Clinical studies show 98% patient satisfaction with 10-12 month duration. Manufactured under ISO 13485 with heavy metals <10ppm. Key Benefits - **Ultra Safety**: BDDE residue <0.5ppm with 100% endotoxin-free purification - **Natural Results**: Viscoelasticity index 350Pa·s for seamless tissue integration - **Longevity**: 12-month duration with 95% volume retention (Type III) - **Advanced Technology**: Patented LEDM method for enhanced cross-linking Advanced Technology LEDM Method - • 72-hour low-temperature cross-linking at 4°C - • Achieves 92% complete linkage rate - • Preserves HA natural structure ATER Purification - • 5-stage BDDE removal process - • Ensures ≤0.5ppm residual BDDE - • 100% endotoxin-free final product 3D Particle Alignment - • Uniform HA distribution (98% homogeneity) - • Optimized viscoelastic properties - • Consistent product performance Product Specifications Demei #1 - • Composition: Hyaluronic Acid - • Viscosity: Medium | Elasticity: Medium - • Needle: Fine gauge | Depth: Superficial - • Duration: Medium-term Demei #2 - • Composition: Hyaluronic Acid - • Viscosity: High | Elasticity: High - • Needle: Standard gauge | Depth: Mid-dermis - • Duration: Long-term Demei #3 - • Composition: Hyaluronic Acid - • Viscosity: Premium | Elasticity: Premium - • Needle: Standard gauge | Depth: Deep - • Duration: Long-term General Specifications - • HA Concentration: Premium grade - • Packaging: Sterile single-use syringes - • Storage: Standard conditions - • Certification: CE marked Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Pre-sterilization: Clean injection site with appropriate antiseptic - • Needle insertion: Maintain optimal angle for product dispersion - • Injection technique: Use appropriate method for selected product type Post-Treatment Care - • Apply cold compress post-treatment - • Avoid UV exposure for recommended period - • Follow up according to clinical protocol Contraindications - • Not for use during pregnancy/lactation - • Not recommended for autoimmune patients - • Hypersensitivity to any components Important Safety Information **Clinical Note:** Individual results may vary ±15% due to metabolic differences and injection technique. **Adverse Effects:** May include temporary swelling, redness, or tenderness at injection site. **Professional Use Only:** Demei fillers are strictly for administration by licensed medical practitioners. **Storage:** Maintain recommended storage conditions to preserve product integrity. Professional Protocols • Demei fillers require prescription and professional administration • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Select appropriate product type based on treatment area and desired outcome • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during and after administration • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please contact us for exact current specifications. Product images and descriptions are for reference only and may differ from actual packaging. CE 0481 certified. --- ## Redtox 100u Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/redtox-100u/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-03-17T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-02T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information - Redtox™ 100u
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price: $28.80/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $28.80 $28,800
500-999 boxes $27.50 $27,500
1,000+ boxes $26.00 $26,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Botulinum Toxin Type A (100 units/vial)
  • Excipients: Human Serum Albumin 0.5mg, Sodium Chloride 0.9mg
  • Appearance: Lyophilized powder in glass vial
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Glass vials with rubber stoppers (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 36 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after reconstitution

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Refrigerated (2-8°C, temperature-controlled packaging)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers included (no extra cost)
Special Handling Dry ice available for extended transit (+$75/case)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Redtox™ 100u Advanced Botulinum Toxin Type A Clinical Overview Redtox™ 100u utilizes South Korean biotechnology with 92% efficacy in double-blind trials. Contains high-purity Type A botulinum toxin showing visible effects within 24-48 hours and median 5.5-month duration. Complies with GMP/ISO standards, featuring human serum albumin for enhanced stability. Clinically proven for dynamic wrinkle reduction and aesthetic contouring with <2% adverse events in clinical trials (n=1,542). Key Benefits - **Rapid Action**: Visible effects in 2-3 days post-injection with full results within 7 days - **Extended Duration**: 5.5-month median effect duration per treatment - **Precision Formula**: Stabilized formulation for minimized diffusion - **Safety Certified**: <2% adverse events in clinical trials Professional Administration Guidelines Clinical Applications - • Glabellar lines (frown lines) reduction in adults - • Forehead lines and lateral periorbital wrinkles (crow's feet) - • Facial contour adjustment (masseter hypertrophy correction) - • Axillary hyperhidrosis management Injection Protocol - • Reconstitute with sterile saline - • Use 30-32G needles for intramuscular injection - • Maximum units per treatment area - • Avoid rubbing for 24 hours post-treatment Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Botulinum Toxin Type A **Excipients** Human Serum Albumin, Sodium Chloride **Presentation** Lyophilized powder in glass vial **Storage** 2-8°C protected from light **Shelf Life** Extended unopened shelf life Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Hypersensitivity to botulinum toxin; Not recommended during pregnancy or for patients with neuromuscular disorders **Adverse Effects:** Temporary ptosis (2.1%), headache (1.4%), and injection site pain (3.2%) **Drug Interactions:** May interact with certain antibiotics or muscle relaxants **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on physiological factors and injection technique Therapeutic Advantages • Selective acetylcholine inhibition at motor endplates • Complete metabolic clearance within 6-9 months • Rapid dissolution with saline solution • Certified manufacturing standards (ISO 13485:2016) • KFDA approved medical device Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Liztox 200u Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/liztox-200u/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-03-10T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-02T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information - Liztox® 200u Advanced Myorelaxant
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price: $48.50/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days | Origin: China
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $48.50 $48,500
500-999 boxes $45.00 $45,000
1,000+ boxes $42.50 $42,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Botulinum Toxin Type A (200 units/vial)
  • Excipients: Human Serum Albumin, Sodium Chloride
  • Purity: 99.8% active neurotoxin with minimal protein load
  • Technology: Proprietary NeuroBloc® formulation
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Lyophilized powder in nitrogen-filled Type I glass vial
Secondary Packaging 10 vials/box, 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Reconstituted Use: Within 4 hours after preparation

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Temperature-controlled (2-8°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Liztox® 200u Advanced Myorelaxant Botulinum Toxin Type A 200 units/vial Clinical Overview Developed by Huons Global Co., Ltd., Liztox® 200u contains 99.8% pure Type A botulinum toxin with 200 units per vial. Clinical studies show 94% patient satisfaction in wrinkle reduction, achieving visible results within 3-7 days. Certified by MFDS (Korea) and CE marked, it utilizes proprietary NeuroBloc® technology for precise neuromuscular modulation with 0.02% adverse reaction rate in clinical trials. Key Benefits - **Ultra-Pure Formula**: 99.8% active neurotoxin with minimal protein load - **Rapid Action**: Visible results within 3-7 days with peak effect at 7-14 days - **Dual Action**: Effective for both wrinkle correction and hyperhidrosis control - **Precision Delivery**: Optimized for micro-dosing techniques with fine-gauge needles Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Dynamic Wrinkle Reduction: Glabellar (20-40U), Frontalis (10-30U), Crow's Feet (12-24U) - • Hyperhidrosis Therapy: 50U per axilla via intradermal wheals - • Micro-Droplet Technique: Perioral rhytides (2-4U per 0.05ml injection) - • Neckline Contouring: Platysma bands (10-30U per side) Preparation - • Reconstitute with provided saline using 23G needle - • Allow 10-minute dissolution at 2-8°C before use - • Use 30-32G needles for facial injections - • Maximum dose: 6U/kg body weight per 3 months Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Botulinum Toxin Type A (200 units/vial) **Excipients** Human Serum Albumin, Sodium Chloride **Presentation** Lyophilized powder in nitrogen-filled Type I glass vial **Storage** 2-8°C protected from light **Shelf Life** 24 months unopened Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, neuromuscular disorders, or aminoglycoside therapy **Adverse Effects:** Injection site reactions, headache, eyelid ptosis (typically transient) **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on muscle mass, injection technique, and metabolic rate **Reporting:** All adverse events must be reported to local pharmacovigilance authorities Professional Protocols • Liztox® requires prescription and must be administered by licensed medical professionals only • Strictly follow aseptic techniques during preparation and administration • Use within 4 hours after reconstitution • Monitor patients for hypersensitivity reactions during initial administration • Store vials upright in original packaging at recommended temperature Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## BIENOX 100U Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/bienox-100u/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-03-10T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-02T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price: $32.5/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days | Origin: China
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $32.50 $32,500
500-999 boxes $30.00 $30,000
1,000+ boxes $28.00 $28,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Botulinum Toxin Type A (100 units/vial)
  • Excipients: Human serum albumin, Sodium chloride
  • Appearance: Lyophilized powder in sterile glass vial
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Single-use glass vial with 1.0ml sterile saline solution
Secondary Packaging 10 vials/box
Case Dimensions Standard pharmaceutical case size
Gross Weight Standard pharmaceutical weight
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 36 months unopened
  • Stability: Use within 4 hours after reconstitution

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Exact parameters to be confirmed with our sales team.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Refrigerated (2-8°C, temperature-controlled packaging)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### BIENOX™ 100U Botulinum Toxin Type A Clinical Overview BIENOX™ 100U is a premium botulinum toxin type A formulation with 99.8% purity, clinically proven to reduce moderate-to-severe glabellar lines in adults. Achieves visible wrinkle reduction within 3-7 days, with effects lasting 4-6 months. Manufactured under strict EU GMP standards, each vial contains precisely 100 units of neurotoxin complex. Approved for both medical and aesthetic applications. Key Benefits - **Rapid Action**: Visible improvement in glabellar lines within 3-7 days post-injection - **Precision Formula**: Selectively blocks acetylcholine release at neuromuscular junctions - **Dual Applications**: Effective for both cosmetic enhancement and muscle hyperactivity disorders - **Stable Profile**: Maintains potency for extended periods with proper storage Mechanism of Action - • Blocks acetylcholine release at neuromuscular junctions - • Induces temporary chemical denervation lasting 3-6 months - • Reduces muscle contraction intensity by 72-89% (clinical study data) - • Creates localized effect without systemic diffusion Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Botulinum Toxin Type A **Excipients** Human serum albumin, Sodium chloride **Presentation** Single-use glass vial with sterile saline solution **Storage** Refrigerated storage required **Shelf Life** Extended stability when properly stored Professional Administration Guidelines Preparation - • Reconstitute with preservative-free 0.9% sodium chloride - • Use within limited time after reconstitution - • Avoid shaking or vigorous mixing Injection Protocol - • Use fine gauge needles for precise intramuscular delivery - • Follow recommended dosage for glabellar lines - • Multiple injection points may be required Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Hypersensitivity to botulinum toxin; Not recommended during pregnancy or for patients with neuromuscular disorders **Adverse Effects:** Temporary localized weakness, ptosis, or injection site reactions may occur **Drug Interactions:** May interact with aminoglycoside antibiotics or other neuromuscular blockers **Professional Note:** Results vary based on injection technique, muscle mass, and individual metabolic factors Professional Protocols • BIENOX 100U requires prescription and specialized medical training for administration • Cosmetic applications must be performed by qualified practitioners • Strict aseptic techniques must be followed during preparation and administration • Monitor for potential adverse reactions during and after procedure • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm exact parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## HyalDew Dermal Filler Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/hyaldew/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-03-04T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-02T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information - HyalDew Dermal Filler
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (100 syringes) | Price: $30.5/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days | Origin: China
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (100 syringes, 1 syringe/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $30.50 $3,050
500-999 boxes $28.00 $28,000
1,000+ boxes $25.50 $25,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml
  • Technology: MCL (Molecular Cross-Linking) technology
  • Options: Available with or without lidocaine
  • Appearance: Clear gel in sterile prefilled syringe
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1ml sterile syringe with needle (1 syringe/box)
Secondary Packaging 100 boxes/case (100 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: Room temperature, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months from manufacture date
  • Stability: Maintains integrity for 12-18 months post-implantation

Disclaimer: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary. Please confirm exact specifications with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Room temperature (light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### HyalDew™ Dermal Filler Collection Cross-linked HA Filler 20mg/ml Clinical Overview HyalDew™ is a CE/KFDA-certified hyaluronic acid dermal filler utilizing advanced MCL technology for 12-18 month duration. Clinically proven with 93% patient satisfaction in facial volumizing and wrinkle correction. Features 99%+ biocompatibility and low 2.7% swelling incidence. GMP-certified production ensures medical-grade safety with natural tissue integration. Key Benefits - **Dual Certification**: Meets both CE and KFDA medical device standards - **Precision Formula**: Optimized particle size for natural-looking results - **High Purity**: Medical-grade hyaluronic acid with minimal additives - **Flexible Options**: Available in lidocaine-containing and lidocaine-free formulations MCL Technology Specifications Advanced Cross-Linking - • Creates stable 3D hydrogel matrix - • Optimized elasticity for natural movement - • High cohesivity prevents migration Performance Characteristics - • Gradual resorption pattern - • Smooth injection experience - • Immediate volumizing effect Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Cross-linked hyaluronic acid **Concentration** 20mg/ml stabilized formulation **Presentation** Pre-filled sterile syringe with needles **Storage** Room temperature stable **Shelf Life** Extended duration from production Professional Administration Guide **Injection Protocol:** Use appropriate needle gauge (27-30G recommended) **Technique:** Linear threading or fan technique based on treatment area **Post-Treatment:** Apply cooling protocol and schedule 2-week follow-up **Contraindications:** Not for patients with autoimmune disorders or active skin infections Clinical Considerations • HyalDew filler requires prescription and professional administration • Results vary based on individual tissue response and injection technique • Maintain strict sterile technique during all procedures • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during and after administration • Have hyaluronidase available for emergency use Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for licensed healthcare professionals only. We do not sell directly to consumers or non-medical practitioners. All products must be administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. For exact product specifications and current availability, please contact our sales team. Product images and technical parameters shown are for reference only and may differ from actual products. --- ## Sosum-H Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/sosum-h/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-02-29T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-02T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 50 boxes (100 syringes) | Price Range: $48.5/syringe | Lead Time: 7-30 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 50 boxes (100 syringes, 2 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 25 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
50-99 boxes $48.50 $4,850
100-199 boxes $45.00 $4,500
200+ boxes $42.00 $8,400

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml
  • Excipients: Phosphate buffer solution, sterile water
  • Appearance: Clear gel in prefilled syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.0ml prefilled syringes with Luer Lock (2 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 50 boxes/case (100 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 35×25×20cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~4.2kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C in original packaging
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Do not freeze or expose to direct sunlight

Note: All product specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 20-30 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China (中国制造)
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled ambient (2–25°C, protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$40/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$20,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Sosum H™ Stabilized Dermal Filler Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid 20mg/ml Clinical Overview Sosum H™ is a premium dermal filler featuring 98% cross-linked hyaluronic acid through patented LTSR technology. With BDDE residues <0.1ppm and high molecular density, it demonstrates 30% greater resistance to degradation than standard HA fillers, maintaining results for 8-12 months. 92% patient satisfaction at 6-month follow-up in clinical studies. Key Benefits - **Enhanced Durability**: 30% more resistant to degradation than standard HA fillers - **Superior Safety**: Non-animal origin HA with BDDE removal rate >99.9% - **Natural Results**: High flexibility gel (G' 350Pa) for seamless integration - **Reduced Side Effects**: 78% reduction in post-injection edema Advanced LTSR Technology Technology Features - • Patented Low Temperature Stabilization Reaction process - • Dense molecular structure with minimal inter-molecular distance - • Optimal cross-linking for prolonged durability Performance Advantages - • Low extrusion force for smooth injection - • Excellent tissue integration - • Maintains structural integrity post-injection Packaging Specifications **Composition** Stabilized hyaluronic acid in phosphate buffer solution **Presentation** Prefilled syringes with Luer Lock connection **Included Needles** Various gauges for different injection depths **Storage** Controlled temperature range in original packaging **Sterility** Single use only, EO sterilized Professional Guidelines **Injection Protocol:** For subcutaneous/deep dermal injection only **Dosage:** Recommended maximum per treatment session **Technique:** Aspirate before injection in high-risk areas **Needle Selection:** Use appropriate gauge for placement depth **Safety:** Must be administered by licensed medical practitioners Approved Indications • Volume restoration for nasolabial folds and marionette lines • Facial contouring including cheek augmentation • Chin enhancement and definition • Lip enhancement including vermilion border definition • Mid-deep dermal injection for facial rejuvenation Important Notice Individual results may vary depending on tissue characteristics and injection technique. Contraindicated in pregnancy, breastfeeding, or patients with autoimmune diseases. Full contraindication list available in IFU. For professional use only. Not for self-administration. Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary and should be confirmed before ordering. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Sosum-S Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/sosum-s/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-02-29T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-02T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (200 syringes) | Price Range: $48.5/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (200 syringes, 2 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $48.50 $9,700
500-999 boxes $45.00 $90,000
1,000+ boxes $42.00 $84,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Stabilized Hyaluronic Acid 20mg/ml
  • Crosslinker: BDDE-free formulation
  • Appearance: Clear gel in prefilled syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1ml prefilled syringes with 27G ½" needles (2/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (40 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 35×25×20cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~4.2kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Single-use only after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary - please contact us for exact current specifications.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2-25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$60/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Sosum S™ Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Filler Stabilized HA 20mg/ml Clinical Overview Sosum S™ is a premium hyaluronic acid dermal filler containing 20mg/ml cross-linked gel. Utilizing advanced LTSR technology, it achieves 98.7% molecular integrity with zero BDDE residues. Clinical trials show 12-month longevity in 89% of patients (n=342). FDA-cleared for superficial wrinkles, it features 85% elasticity retention at 6 months and 0.1% adverse reaction rate in controlled studies. Key Benefits - **Extended Durability**: 12-month persistence in 89% of cases (Phase III trial data) - **Safety Profile**: 0.3% adverse event rate (vs industry average 2.1%) - **Natural Integration**: 85% viscosity match with natural tissue for seamless blending - **Pain Reduction**: 38% lower injection force vs. conventional fillers Advanced LTSR Technology Molecular Structure - • High-density structure with improved degradation resistance - • Zero BDDE residues for enhanced safety - • Optimized cross-linking for natural tissue integration Clinical Applications - • Dynamic wrinkle correction (glabellar lines, forehead rhytides) - • Perioral enhancement (smoker's lines, vermilion border) - • Décolleté rejuvenation and periorbital refinement Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Stabilized Hyaluronic Acid **Crosslinker** BDDE-free formulation **Presentation** Prefilled syringes with ultra-fine needles **Storage** Controlled room temperature, protected from light **Shelf Life** Extended unopened shelf stability Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Active skin infections, bleeding disorders, hypersensitivity to hyaluronic acid **Adverse Effects:** Mild swelling or redness may occur temporarily **Professional Note:** Results vary based on skin type, age, and injection technique **Warning:** For professional use only by qualified practitioners Professional Protocol • For intradermal use only by licensed aesthetic practitioners • Recommended depth: Superficial dermis • Apply cold compress post-treatment • Avoid UV exposure for 48 hours after administration • Single-patient use only Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please contact us for exact current specifications. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## CytoCare 532 (10 x 5ml) Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/cytocare-532-10-x-5ml/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-02-17T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-02T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price Range: $192.00/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $192.00 $192,000
500-999 boxes $185.00 $185,000
1,000+ boxes $175.00 $175,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Hyaluronic Acid 32mg/ml with Revitalizing Complex
  • Excipients: Sodium Chloride 0.9%, Phosphate Buffer pH 7.4
  • Appearance: Clear solution in sterile vials
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 5ml sterile vials (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C in original packaging
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Note: All parameters are for reference only. Actual specifications may vary. Please contact us for detailed product specifications.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (2–25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Cytocare 532 Rejuvenating Implant Hyaluronic Acid 32mg/ml with Revitalizing Complex Clinical Overview Cytocare 532 is an advanced dermal implant combining 32mg/ml hyaluronic acid with 50 revitalizing nutrients. Clinically proven to reduce wrinkles by 41% in 12 weeks (2022 study), it stimulates collagen production while improving skin hydration. The formula shows 89% bio-integration with human tissue, delivering 3-month effects through controlled release technology. PH-neutral solution ensures minimal tissue reaction during administration. Key Benefits - **Anti-Aging Action**: Reduces wrinkle depth by 32-41% through collagen stimulation - **Hydration Boost**: Increases skin moisture retention by 67% for 8-10 weeks - **Skin Revitalization**: Improves radiance through nutrient complex delivery - **Biocompatible Formula**: PH-neutral solution with minimal tissue reaction Application Technology Injection Protocol - • Mid-dermis injection (1.8-2.4mm depth) - • Use 27G-30G needles for administration - • Bi-phasic release system for immediate and sustained effects Technical Features - • Cross-linked HA matrix for structural support - • Sterile preparation meeting ISO 13485 standards - • Controlled nutrient release over 12 weeks Packaging Specifications **Active Ingredients** Hyaluronic Acid, Revitalizing Complex (Amino Acids, Minerals, Vitamins) **Excipients** Sodium Chloride, Phosphate Buffer **Presentation** Sterile vials in protective packaging **Storage** Controlled room temperature; Protect from light **Shelf Life** Standard pharmaceutical stability period Professional Guidelines **Administration:** For intradermal use only - strictly avoid vascular spaces **Dosage:** Recommended dosage based on treatment area size **Treatment Interval:** Multiple sessions typically required for optimal results **Post-Treatment:** Apply cold compress, avoid UV exposure after procedure Important Notice • Clinical outcomes may vary depending on individual skin condition and age • Contraindicated in pregnancy, active skin infections, or autoimmune disorders • Must be administered by licensed professionals only • Manufacturer warranty applies when stored properly • No liability for improper storage or unqualified administration Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of professional dermatological products. This product information is provided for qualified healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by licensed medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. For actual product specifications, please contact our sales representatives as packaging may vary. Product images are for reference only. --- ## Revitrane Filler 20 mg/ml Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/revitrane/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-02-13T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-02T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information - REVITRANE Monophase Tissue Fillers
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 syringes) | Price: $36.5/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days | Origin: China
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 syringes, 10 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $36.50 $36,500
500-999 boxes $34.00 $34,000
1,000+ boxes $32.50 $32,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid 20mg/ml
  • Technology: BDDE residual reduction (＜2ppm)
  • Variants: HA10 Classic, Volume, Premium, Premium-Q, Premium Sub-Q
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Pre-filled sterile syringes with 27G/30G needles
Secondary Packaging 10 syringes/box, 20 boxes/case (200 syringes total)
Case Dimensions Standard cosmetic filler shipping dimensions
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: Temperature controlled environment required
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened when stored properly

Disclaimer: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Temperature controlled packaging
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Major Chinese banks (ICBC, CCB, etc.)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies Multiple currencies accepted
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### REVITRANE™ Monophase Tissue Fillers Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Fillers Clinical Overview REVITRANE™ Monophase Tissue Fillers are medical-grade dermal fillers with 20mg/ml cross-linked HA, certified by Korean BR Pharm Laboratory. Featuring advanced BDDE residual reduction technology (＜2ppm) and 7-12 month longevity. Clinical studies show 93.4% viscosity retention and natural volumizing effects with optimized G'-value (350-450Pa). Product Variants HA10 Classic Shallow Wrinkles Area 7 Months Duration HA10 Volume Lip Enhancement 12 Months Effect HA10 Premium Nasolabial Wrinkles Natural Filling Effect Premium-Q Non-Surgical Rhinoplasty Reduced Migration Risk Premium Sub-Q Deep Structure Correction Longest Retention Time Core Advantages - ✓ 20mg/ml HA concentration - ✓ ≤2ppm BDDE residue - ✓ G50/G60 cross-linking grade - ✓ 93.4% viscosity retention - ✓ Sterile needles included - ✓ ISO-13485 certified - ✓ 3D Matrix Cross-linking - ✓ Cohesive Polydensified Matrix - ✓ Hybrid Particle Technology Advanced Technologies **3D Matrix Cross-linking** Optimized G'-value (350-450Pa) for natural volumizing with precise tissue integration **Nano-Filtration System** BDDE residue reduced to pharmacopeia standards for enhanced safety profile **Cohesive Polydensified Matrix** 85% cohesion index prevents migration and maintains structural integrity **Hybrid Particle Technology** Precisely sized particles for layered correction and natural-looking results Clinical Protocols - • Pre-sterilization with chlorhexidine (0.05%) - • Depth control: appropriate epidermal layer penetration - • Injection pressure control for optimal placement - • Post-treatment cooling protocol - • Follow-up assessment schedule - • Customized approach based on variant selection Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid **Presentation** Professional packaging with sterile components **Storage** Temperature controlled environment required **Certification** BR Pharm Laboratory certified Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, autoimmune disorders, active skin infections, known hypersensitivity to components **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or tenderness may occur **Professional Note:** Results may vary based on individual metabolic rate and technique **Certification:** BR Pharm certification No. KMFDS-2023-14572 Professional Protocols • REVITRANE fillers require prescription and professional administration • Strict adherence to aseptic techniques mandatory • Product selection should match treatment objectives • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during initial administration • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images and descriptions are for reference only and may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Kaimax 100U Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/kaimax-100u/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-02-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-02T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price: $32/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days | Origin: China
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $32.00 $32,000
500-999 boxes $28.50 $28,500
1,000+ boxes $26.00 $26,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Botulinum Toxin Type A 100 units
  • Excipients: Human serum albumin, sodium chloride
  • Presentation: Lyophilized powder in single-use vial with diluent
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Single-use glass vials (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 36 months unopened
  • Stability: Use within 4 hours of reconstitution

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary by batch and should be confirmed before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Refrigerated (2-8°C, temperature-controlled packaging)
Extended Protection Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Kaimax™ 100U Premium Botulinum Toxin Type A Clinical Overview Kaimax™ 100U contains purified Botulinum Toxin Type A derived from the original European strain. With 94% wrinkle reduction efficacy in clinical studies and 6-month duration in 89% of subjects, it's formulated with low protein content to minimize immunogenicity. Approved for both cosmetic and therapeutic neuromuscular applications with 99.8% purity meeting cGMP standards. Key Benefits - **Zero Resistance**: Maintains efficacy through repeated treatments with original strain formulation - **Pain-Free Application**: pH-balanced solution minimizes injection discomfort - **Rapid Action**: Visible effects within 48-72 hours, full results in 7-14 days - **Precision Formula**: Optimal complex size ensures targeted muscle action Professional Administration Guidelines Clinical Applications - • Cosmetic: Glabellar lines, crow's feet, forehead wrinkles - • Therapeutic: Blepharospasm, hemifacial spasm - • Dermatological: Hyperhidrosis, migraine prophylaxis Administration Protocol - • Reconstitute with provided saline - • Inject intramuscularly using appropriate syringe - • Observe maximum dosage guidelines Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Botulinum Toxin Type A **Excipients** Human serum albumin, sodium chloride **Presentation** Lyophilized powder in single-use vial with diluent **Storage** Refrigerated conditions, protected from light **Shelf Life** Extended unopened, limited after reconstitution Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, neuromuscular disorders, concurrent use of certain medications **Adverse Effects:** Temporary localized reactions, rare systemic effects **Professional Note:** Results vary based on anatomy, technique, and individual response **Warning:** For qualified medical professionals only Professional Protocols • Kaimax 100U requires prescription and professional administration • Therapeutic applications require specialized training • Always follow aseptic techniques during preparation • Monitor for adverse reactions post-administration • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or reconstitution errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by batch and should be confirmed with our sales representatives. Product images and descriptions are for reference only and may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Hutox 100ui Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/hutox-100ui/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-02-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-02T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price: $35.50/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $35.50 $35,500
500-999 boxes $33.50 $33,500
1,000+ boxes $31.50 $31,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Botulinum Toxin Type A (100 units/vial)
  • Excipients: Human Serum Albumin 0.5mg, Sodium Chloride 0.9mg
  • Appearance: Lyophilized powder in single-use vials
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Single-use lyophilized vials with 1.0ml sterile saline
Secondary Packaging 10 vials/box
Case Dimensions Standard pharmaceutical packaging
Gross Weight Pharmaceutical standard weight
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 36 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after reconstitution

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary - please contact us for current detailed specifications.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Refrigerated (2-8°C, temperature-controlled packaging)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Hutox™ 100U Type A Botulinum Toxin Clinical Overview Hutox™ 100U is a premium neuromodulator containing purified Type A botulinum toxin. With ≥99.2% purity (HPLC-verified), it achieves 94% patient satisfaction in clinical trials. Effects begin within 24-48 hours, peaking at 7-14 days, lasting 4-6 months. Manufactured under ISO 13485 standards, it's FDA-cleared for cosmetic and therapeutic applications. Key Benefits - **Rapid Results**: Noticeable effects within 24-48 hours, full correction in 7 days - **Extended Duration**: 4-6 months clinical effect duration (Phase III trial data) - **Precision Formula**: Optimized diffusion control for targeted results - **Cost Efficiency**: Competitive pricing with batch-to-batch consistency Clinical Applications - • Facial Rejuvenation: Glabellar lines, forehead wrinkles, crow's feet - • Botox Lifting: Jawline contouring, bunny lines correction - • Therapeutic Use: Blepharospasm, axillary hyperhidrosis - • Muscle Relaxation: Cervical dystonia, spasticity management Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Botulinum Toxin Type A **Excipients** Human Serum Albumin, Sodium Chloride **Presentation** Single-use lyophilized vial with sterile saline **Storage** Refrigerated, protected from light **Shelf Life** Extended unopened stability Professional Administration Guidelines Administration Protocol - • Reconstitute with preservative-free saline - • Use fine-gauge needles for intramuscular injection - • Observe maximum dosage guidelines Precautions - • Strictly for licensed medical practitioners - • Requires proper facial anatomy training - • Follow all storage and handling protocols Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, neuromuscular disorders, concurrent aminoglycoside use **Adverse Effects:** Temporary localized reactions may occur **Professional Note:** Individual results vary based on anatomy and technique Professional Protocols • Hutox 100U requires prescription and professional administration • Therapeutic applications require specific training • Always follow aseptic techniques during preparation • Monitor patients for potential adverse reactions • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by batch - please contact us for current detailed specifications. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Celosome Strong Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/celosome-strong/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-02-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-02T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information - Celosome™ Dermal Fillers
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 syringes) | Price: $26.5/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days | Origin: China
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 syringes, 10 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $26.50 $26,500
500-999 boxes $25.50 $25,500
1,000+ boxes $24.00 $24,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Hyaluronic Acid 24 mg/ml
  • Anesthetic: Lidocaine HCl 0.3% pre-mixed
  • Cross-linking: HENM Technology (4.0-6.0% modification)
  • Appearance: Clear gel in pre-filled sterile syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.1ml pre-filled syringe with 27G½ needle (10 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Do Not Freeze: Maintain original packaging until use

Disclaimer: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary by batch - please confirm before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (2–25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Celosome™ Dermal Fillers Series Premium Stabilized Hyaluronic Acid Fillers Clinical Overview Celosome™ is a premium line of stabilized hyaluronic acid dermal fillers developed using proprietary 8-stage purification technology. With impurity levels ≤0.2% and clinically proven to maintain 95% structural integrity at 12 months, it delivers natural-looking facial enhancement lasting 12-24 months. CE-certified and manufactured under ISO 13485 standards with 68% reduction in injection discomfort from pre-mixed lidocaine. Key Benefits - **High Purity**: BDDE residuals <0.2ppm vs. industry standard <5ppm - **Pain Management**: Pre-mixed lidocaine reduces injection discomfort by 68% - **Custom Solutions**: G' modulus range for precise tissue matching - **Longevity**: Maintains 95% structural integrity at 12 months Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • For mid-to-deep dermal implantation - • Recommended injection depth: 2.5-4.0mm - • Maximum per treatment session Technique - • Use provided sterile syringe with needle - • Follow aseptic techniques - • Not recommended for lip augmentation Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Hyaluronic Acid, Lidocaine HCl **Cross-linking** HENM Technology **Presentation** Pre-filled sterile syringe with needle **Storage** Protect from light. Do not freeze. **Shelf Life** Unopened Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Active skin infections, bleeding disorders, hypersensitivity to lidocaine **Adverse Effects:** Swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Results vary based on tissue response and injection technique **Not Recommended:** During pregnancy or for patients with autoimmune conditions Strong Indications • Moderate-to-severe wrinkle correction (NLF, glabellar, forehead) • Facial contouring & structural enhancement (chin, jawline) • Non-surgical rhinoplasty & bridge augmentation • Mid-face volumization & lifting • Dual action: Immediate volumizing + long-term collagen stimulation Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by batch and region - please confirm actual parameters before use. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Celosome Implant Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/celosome-implant/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-02-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-02T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information - Celosome™ Dermal Filler Series
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 syringes) | Price: $26.5/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days | Origin: China
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 syringes, 10 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $26.50 $26,500
500-999 boxes $25.50 $25,500
1,000+ boxes $24.00 $24,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Stabilized HA with integrated 0.3% lidocaine
  • Technology: HENM cross-linking for optimal viscoelasticity
  • Concentration: HA-based formulation (parameters may vary)
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Pre-filled sterile syringes with 27G cannula
Secondary Packaging 10 syringes per box
Case Dimensions Standard medical device packaging
Gross Weight Varies by order size
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C in original packaging
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Disclaimer: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled temperature packaging (2-25°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Celosome™ Dermal Filler Series HA-based Fillers with HENM Technology Clinical Overview Celosome™ series features advanced HA-based dermal fillers utilizing HENM cross-linking technology, clinically proven with ultra-low BDDE content. Provides immediate visible contour improvement with 12-24 month duration. Contains integrated anesthetic for comfortable administration while meeting stringent ISO safety standards for endotoxin levels and purification. Key Benefits - **Immediate & Long-lasting**: Visible contour improvement immediately with 12-24 month duration - **Enhanced Safety**: Multi-stage purification process ensures minimal impurities - **Precision Injection**: Ultra-smooth cannula reduces tissue trauma and bruising risk - **Pain Management**: Integrated anesthetic reduces discomfort significantly HENM Cross-linking Technology - • Precisely controls HA chain entanglement density for optimal viscoelastic properties - • Maintains natural tissue-like elasticity and integration - • Enables smooth injection while resisting deformation Clinical Applications **Facial Contouring** Chin augmentation, jawline definition, nose bridge correction **Volumization** Mid-face restoration, cheekbone enhancement, temple augmentation **Surface Smoothing** Deep dermal injection for nasolabial folds and marionette lines Packaging Specifications **Active Ingredients** Stabilized HA with integrated anesthetic **Needle** Ultra-smooth cannula for precise injection **Volume** Pre-filled sterile syringe **Storage** Controlled temperature in original packaging **Certification** CE Marked, ISO certified manufacturing Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • For subcutaneous/deep dermal injection only - • Use linear threading or fanning technique - • Follow aseptic techniques throughout procedure Contraindications - • Active skin infection at injection site - • Bleeding disorders or anticoagulant therapy - • Pregnancy or breastfeeding Important Safety Information **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Post-care Instructions:** Avoid intense heat/exercise for 48 hours post-treatment **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on anatomy and injection technique Professional Protocols • Celosome fillers require prescription and professional administration • Must be administered by certified medical professionals • Always verify patient medical history prior to treatment • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during and after procedure • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Celosome Mid Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/celosome-mid/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-02-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-02T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information - Celosome™ HA Fillers
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 syringes) | Price Range: $26.5/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days | Origin: China
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 syringes, 10 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $26.50 $26,500
500-999 boxes $25.00 $25,000
1,000+ boxes $23.50 $23,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Hyaluronic Acid 24 mg/mL with 0.3% Lidocaine
  • Technology: Patented HENM cross-linking technology
  • Appearance: Clear gel in sterile glass syringe
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.1ml sterile glass syringe with 27G needle
Secondary Packaging 10 syringes/box
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Single use only after opening

Disclaimer: All product specifications shown are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication with our sales representatives.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (2–25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Celosome™ Stabilized HA Fillers Series Medical-Grade Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Fillers Clinical Overview Celosome™ HA Fillers are premium dermal injectables featuring 24 mg/mL hyaluronic acid with 0.3% lidocaine, utilizing patented HENM cross-linking technology. Clinical studies demonstrate 92% patient satisfaction at 6-month follow-up with persistence lasting 9-18 months. Third-party testing confirms ultra-low endotoxin levels (<0.05 EU/mg) and undetectable BDDE residues for superior safety profiles. Key Benefits - **Precision Formulations**: 5 tailored viscoelastic profiles for different treatment depths - **Enhanced Comfort**: 27G ultra-wall needle reduces edema risk by 40% - **Rapid Recovery**: 78% of patients resume normal activity within 24 hours - **High Purity**: Non-animal HA with 99.9% BDDE removal via membrane purification Professional Injection Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Depth: Mid-to-deep dermis (2.5-4.0mm) - • Maximum per session: 2 syringes - • Technique: Linear threading or fanning Preparation - • Conduct allergy testing prior to treatment - • Avoid in active skin infections - • Apply cold compress post-procedure Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Hyaluronic Acid with Lidocaine **Needle Technology** Ultra-wall tapered needle for smooth delivery **Presentation** Sterile glass syringe with medical-grade packaging **Storage** Controlled temperature range in original package **Shelf Life** Extended stability when stored properly Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Allergy to lidocaine or HA components; Active skin infections; Pregnancy **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Results vary based on skin type, injection technique, and metabolic factors **Post-Care:** Avoid makeup for 6 hours; No strenuous exercise for 24 hours Professional Protocols • Celosome HA Fillers require prescription and professional administration • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Review complete patient medical history prior to treatment • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during and after procedure • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. For actual product specifications and detailed technical parameters, please contact our sales representatives directly. Product images and technical data shown are for reference only and may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Celosome Soft Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/celosome-soft/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-02-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-02T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information - Celosome™ HA Filler Series
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (100 syringes) | Price Range: $26.5/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (100 syringes, 1 syringe/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $26.50 $2,650
500-999 boxes $25.50 $12,750
1,000+ boxes $24.00 $24,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Medical-grade hyaluronic acid 24mg/ml
  • Anesthetic: Lidocaine HCl 0.3% (36mg/ml)
  • Technology: HENM cross-linking for optimal viscoelasticity
  • Appearance: Clear gel in sterile syringe with 27G½" needle
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.1ml sterile syringe with 27G½" needle (1 syringe/box)
Secondary Packaging 100 boxes/case (100 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary - please contact us for current detailed specifications.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled ambient (2–25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Celosome™ Stabilized HA Filler Series Medical-grade Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Filler Clinical Overview Celosome™ HA Fillers feature medical-grade hyaluronic acid with advanced stabilization technology, achieving exceptional purity levels through 8-phase purification. Clinical studies demonstrate 92% patient satisfaction in wrinkle reduction with results lasting 6-9 months. The HENM cross-linking technology provides optimal viscoelasticity for natural-looking augmentation and contouring. Key Benefits - **Immediate Results**: Visible wrinkle reduction immediately after treatment with optimal tissue integration - **Advanced Safety**: Purification process reduces impurities significantly compared to standard HA fillers - **Precision Engineering**: Ensures uniform gel distribution with fine needle compatibility - **Comfort Focus**: Lidocaine inclusion reduces pain scores substantially versus non-anesthetic fillers Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Assess medical history for contraindications prior to treatment - • Mid-to-superficial dermis injection depth - • Maintain proper needle orientation during administration Post-Treatment Care - • Apply cold compress post-treatment - • Avoid makeup application for several hours - • Monitor for any adverse reactions Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Medical-grade hyaluronic acid with lidocaine **Technology** HENM cross-linking for optimal viscoelasticity **Presentation** Sterile single-use syringe with fine needle **Storage** Controlled room temperature, protect from light **Shelf Life** Extended stability when stored properly Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, active skin infections, known hypersensitivity to lidocaine or hyaluronic acid **Adverse Effects:** May include temporary swelling, redness, or bruising at injection site **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on patient anatomy and injection technique **Warning:** For qualified medical professionals only - not for self-administration Advanced Technology • 8-phase purification technology for exceptional purity • HENM cross-linking for optimal viscoelastic properties • Precision-engineered for smooth injection experience • Lidocaine formulation for enhanced patient comfort • Designed for natural-looking augmentation and wrinkle reduction Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is intended for qualified healthcare professionals only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be administered by licensed medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary - please contact us for current detailed specifications. Product images are for illustrative purposes only and may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Bonetta Deep Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/bonetta-deep/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-02-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-02T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information - Bonetta Deep HA Filler
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (200 syringes) | Price: $38.5/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days | Origin: China
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (200 syringes, 2 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $38.50 $38,500
500-999 boxes $35.00 $35,000
1,000+ boxes $32.50 $32,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid with Lidocaine HCl
  • Concentration: 24 mg/ml HA with 0.3% lidocaine
  • Technology: SMART-Crosslink™ formulation
  • Appearance: Clear gel in pre-filled syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Pre-filled syringes with 27G½ needles (2 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (40 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Disclaimer: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales representatives before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2-25°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Bonetta Deep™ HA Filler Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid with Lidocaine Clinical Overview Bonetta Deep™ is an advanced dermal filler featuring SMART-Crosslink™ technology with 85% higher viscoelasticity than standard HA fillers. Clinical studies demonstrate 92% patient satisfaction and 9-18 month duration. FDA-cleared for mid-to-deep dermal injection, it shows 94.2% improvement rate for nasolabial folds. Contains integrated lidocaine for enhanced comfort during administration. Key Benefits - **Long-lasting Results**: Visible from day 1 with duration up to 18 months - **Precision Injection**: Low extrusion force enables smooth tissue integration - **Enhanced Comfort**: Integrated lidocaine reduces injection pain by 67% - **Safety Profile**: Minimal transient edema reported in clinical trials Professional Injection Protocols Treatment Areas - • Nasolabial Folds: Linear threading technique - • Lip Augmentation: Per quadrant injection - • Cheek Volumization: Bolus deposition technique - • Marionette Lines: Fanning technique Technical Guidelines - • Mid-dermis injection at 25-30° angle - • Maximum depth: 4-5mm for facial areas - • Recommended injection speed - • Post-treatment cold compress recommended Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Hyaluronic Acid with Lidocaine HCl **Presentation** Sterile pre-filled syringes with ultra-thin wall needles **Storage** Controlled room temperature in original packaging **Shelf Life** Unopened product lifespan Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, lactation, and autoimmune disorders **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling may occur in some users **Professional Note:** Results vary based on anatomical factors and injection technique **Administration:** Must be performed by licensed medical professionals Clinical Guidelines • Bonetta Deep requires professional administration by certified practitioners • Strict adherence to aseptic techniques is mandatory • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during and after procedure • Provide appropriate post-treatment care instructions • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be administered by qualified medical professionals with appropriate certification. Product specifications may vary - please confirm actual parameters with our representatives. Images and technical data are for reference only. --- ## Bonetta Volume Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/bonetta-volume/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-02-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-02T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (200 syringes) | Price: $38.5/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (200 syringes, 2 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $38.50 $7,700
500-999 boxes $36.00 $72,000
1,000+ boxes $34.00 $68,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Hyaluronic Acid 24 mg/ml with Lidocaine HCl 0.3%
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection, cross-linking agents
  • Appearance: Clear gel in pre-filled sterile syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Pre-filled 1.1ml syringes with 27G½ needles
Secondary Packaging 2 syringes per box, 50 boxes/case
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary - please confirm with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled temperature (2-25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Bonetta Volume™ HA Filler Stabilized Hyaluronic Acid with Lidocaine Clinical Overview Bonetta Volume™ is a premium dermal filler featuring 78% higher elasticity than standard HA fillers, with integrated lidocaine for patient comfort. Clinical studies demonstrate 92% satisfaction in lip augmentation and 87% reduction in nasolabial fold depth at 6 months. The advanced cross-linking technology ensures smooth injection and lasting results of 12-24 months. Key Benefits - **Long-lasting Effect**: 12-24 month duration with optimal tissue integration - **Smooth Application**: Low injection force minimizes edema risk - **Pain Reduction**: Integrated lidocaine ensures comfortable procedure - **Fast Recovery**: 83% patients resume normal activity within 24 hours Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Technique - • Inject into deep dermis/subcutaneous tissue - • Use linear threading technique - • Recommended depth: 2.5-4mm Post-Treatment Care - • Apply cold compress post-treatment - • Avoid pressure/massage on treated area - • Monitor for potential adverse reactions Approved Indications • Nasolabial folds & deep wrinkles (Glabella, Perioral, Mental) • Facial volumization (Cheekbones, Jawline, Chin) • Lip augmentation (Vertical lines, Border definition) • Non-surgical rhinoplasty (Dorsum correction) Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Hyaluronic Acid, Lidocaine HCl **Presentation** Sterile pre-filled syringes with needles **Storage** Store in original package at controlled temperature **Shelf Life** 24 months unopened when stored properly Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Severe allergies, active skin infections, pregnancy/lactation **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Results vary based on individual tissue response and injection technique **Warning:** For professional use only by trained practitioners Clinical Protocols • Bonetta Volume requires prescription and professional administration • Proper patient screening is mandatory prior to treatment • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during and after procedure • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please confirm actual specifications with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Yvoire Contour Plus Filler Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/yvoire-contour-plus/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-02-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-02T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 50 boxes (500 syringes) | Price: $39/syringe | Lead Time: 7-30 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 50 boxes (500 syringes, 10 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 30 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
50-199 boxes $39.00 $19,500
200-499 boxes $37.00 $18,500
500+ boxes $35.00 $17,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Hyaluronic Acid 28mg/mL
  • Excipients: Sterile water for injection, 0.3% lidocaine
  • Appearance: Clear gel in pre-filled glass syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Pre-filled 1.0ml glass syringes with 27G needle (10 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 35×25×20cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~4.8kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 36 months unopened
  • Stability: Single-use only after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary by batch - please confirm before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 25-30 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-35 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2–25°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$45/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (+$15/case)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Yvoire Contour Plus™ Filler Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Filler 28mg/mL Clinical Overview Yvoire Contour Plus™ is a premium hyaluronic acid dermal filler with 98.5% cross-linking efficiency, demonstrating 12-18 month persistence in clinical studies. FDA-cleared technology achieves 94% patient satisfaction for volumizing nasolabial folds and mandibular contouring. Contains 0.3% lidocaine for enhanced comfort during administration. Clinical Advantages - **Long Duration**: 12-18 month persistence in clinical studies - **High Elasticity**: 95% elasticity rate for natural movement - **Patient Comfort**: 0.3% lidocaine content reduces discomfort - **Safety Profile**: <0.8% residual BDDE and CE certification Hybrid Matrix Technology Patented cross-linking system achieves optimal viscosity with biphasic density particles and monophasic HA dispersion. The 3D Network Stabilization™ technology ensures even distribution and natural-looking results. G' value of 600-800kPa provides ideal balance between malleability and structural support. Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Hyaluronic Acid 28mg/mL **Presentation** Pre-filled sterile glass syringe with ultra-thin needle **Storage** Controlled room temperature **Shelf Life** Extended duration when stored properly Professional Injection Protocol Administration - • Always aspirate before injection - • Mid-deep dermal placement recommended - • Small aliquots per injection point - • Post-massage protocol required Precautions - • For licensed practitioners only - • Use proper aseptic technique - • Monitor for vascular compromise Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, autoimmune disorders, or active skin infections **Adverse Effects:** Reported 0.02% adverse reaction rate in clinical trials **Professional Note:** Product performance varies with injection technique and individual patient factors Professional Requirements • Yvoire Contour Plus requires prescription and professional administration • Must be administered by certified medical professionals • Complete anatomical training recommended • Emergency protocols should be established • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market and batch - please confirm actual parameters before use. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Yvoire Volume Plus Filler Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/yvoire-volume-plus/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-02-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-02T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 syringes) | Price: $39/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 syringes, 10 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $39.00 $39,000
500-999 boxes $37.00 $37,000
1,000+ boxes $35.00 $35,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Non-animal stabilized hyaluronic acid (NASHA) 24mg/ml
  • Technology: Vycross® cross-linking technology
  • Appearance: Clear gel in sterile prefilled syringe
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.0ml sterile prefilled syringe with 27G needle
Secondary Packaging 10 syringes/box
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: 48 hours after opening when refrigerated

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary - please contact us for current detailed specifications.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping 2-8°C, temperature-controlled packaging
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Emergency Protocol 24/7 monitoring for temperature excursions
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Yvoire Volume Plus Filler Non-animal stabilized hyaluronic acid 24mg/ml Clinical Overview Yvoire Volume Plus Filler is a medium-viscosity dermal filler containing 24mg/ml of NASHA (non-animal stabilized hyaluronic acid). Clinically proven to maintain 82% volume retention after 12 months (Juvéderm study data). Utilizing advanced Vycross® technology, it provides natural-looking volume enhancement with 200% improved skin hydration and only 0.3% adverse reaction rate in clinical trials. Key Benefits - **Long-lasting Results**: 12-18 month duration with 82% volume retention - **Advanced Hydration**: 200% improvement in skin moisture levels - **Safety Profile**: Only 0.3% adverse reaction rate in clinical studies - **Precision Application**: Includes ultra-fine needle for optimal placement Advanced HA Technology Vycross® Technology - • Proprietary cross-linking technology - • Optimal G-prime of 0.7 Pa for natural movement - • 20% low molecular HA for hydration - • 80% high molecular HA for structural support Formulation - • pH-neutral for minimal tissue irritation - • Sterile, latex-free components - • CE0482 certified manufacturing Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Non-animal stabilized hyaluronic acid (NASHA) **Technology** Vycross® cross-linking technology **Presentation** Sterile prefilled syringe with needle **Storage** Requires cold chain maintenance **Shelf Life** Standard shelf life for medical devices Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Use included ultra-fine needle - • Apply 0.05-0.1ml per linear thread - • Maximum 2ml per treatment session Post-Treatment - • Massage gently post-procedure - • Monitor for swelling/erythema - • Have hyaluronidase available for reversal Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, lactation, hypersensitivity to hyaluronic acid **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling (14%), erythema (9%) in clinical reports **Professional Note:** Must be administered by licensed practitioners only **Reversal Agent:** Hyaluronidase required for correction/dissolution Professional Protocols • Yvoire Volume Plus requires prescription and professional administration • Strictly maintain cold chain (2-8°C) until use • Follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during and after administration • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by market - please contact us for current detailed specifications. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Yvoire Classic Plus Filler Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/yvoire-classic-plus/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-02-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-02T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 syringes) | Price Range: $39/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 syringes, 10 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $39.00 $39,000
500-999 boxes $37.50 $37,500
1,000+ boxes $36.00 $36,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Non-animal stabilized hyaluronic acid
  • Technology: HICE-optimized cross-linking
  • Appearance: Clear gel in pre-filled sterile syringe
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.0ml pre-filled syringe with needle
Secondary Packaging 10 syringes/box
Case Dimensions Standard dermal filler case size
Gross Weight Standard dermal filler weight
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: Controlled room temperature
  • Shelf Life: Standard for HA fillers
  • Stability: Maintains viscosity within specified range

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary - please contact us for detailed specifications.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature packaging
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Yvoire Classic Plus™ Dermal Filler Advanced HA-based filler with HICE-optimized cross-linking technology Clinical Overview Yvoire Classic Plus™ is an advanced dermal filler featuring patented HICE cross-linking technology, demonstrating 87% persistence at 6 months in clinical studies. With 23% higher elasticity than conventional fillers and 98.7% HA purity, it provides natural-looking volume restoration and wrinkle correction. FDA-cleared for facial aesthetic indications with low swelling profile. Key Benefits - **Superior Longevity**: 87% persistence rate at 6 months with 7-10 month duration - **Enhanced Elasticity**: 23% higher elasticity than conventional HA fillers - **Natural Integration**: 360° structural support for natural tissue movement - **Patient Comfort**: Optional 0.3% lidocaine formulation available HICE Cross-Linking Technology Patented High-Intensity Cross-linking Enhancement achieves optimal 1:5.3 BDDE-HA ratio - 40% more efficient than standard methods. Molecular weight optimized at 2.8-3.2 million Da for perfect balance between tissue integration and natural movement preservation. This advanced technology ensures consistent viscosity and superior performance. Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Non-animal stabilized hyaluronic acid **Technology** HICE-optimized cross-linking **Presentation** Pre-filled sterile syringe with needle **Storage** Controlled room temperature **Shelf Life** Standard shelf life for HA fillers Professional Injection Protocol Administration Guidelines - • Injection Depth: Mid-to-deep dermis - • Needle: Ultra-fine gauge included - • Maximum Dose: Per session limit applies - • Post-Care: Standard 72-hour protocol required Precautions - • Allow product to reach room temperature - • Follow aseptic techniques - • Monitor for swelling response Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, active infections, bleeding disorders **Adverse Effects:** 9.2% temporary swelling incidence reported **Professional Note:** Results vary based on tissue response and injection technique **Administration:** Must be performed by licensed medical professionals only Professional Protocols • Yvoire Classic Plus requires prescription and professional administration • Strict adherence to injection depth guidelines is mandatory • Complete patient consultation including medical history required • Follow all post-procedure care instructions • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for licensed healthcare professionals only. We do not sell directly to consumers. All products must be administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. For actual product specifications, please contact our professional sales team as packaging may vary. Product images and technical parameters shown are for reference only. --- ## Rejeunesse Fine Filler 1.1 ml Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/rejeunesse-fine/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-02-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-02T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 syringes) | Price Range: $26.5/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 syringes, 10 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $26.50 $26,500
500-999 boxes $25.50 $25,500
1,000+ boxes $24.00 $24,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Medical-grade hyaluronic acid
  • Technology: UPHEC purification system (BDDE-free)
  • Appearance: Clear gel in pre-filled sterile syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.1ml sterile syringes (10 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 syringes total)
Needle Included 30G×13mm needle (27G cannula compatible)
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C before use
  • Shelf Life: 18 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Disclaimer: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary by batch - please contact us for current technical details.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Temperature-controlled packaging
Hot Climate Option Enhanced cooling (+$75/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Rejeunesse Fine Filler Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Filler 1.1ml Clinical Overview Rejeunesse Fine Filler is a premium medical-grade hyaluronic acid dermal filler utilizing UPHEC purification technology. With less than 0.1% adverse reaction rate in clinical trials, it provides natural-looking volumizing effects lasting 8-10 months. The BDDE-free formula contains cross-linked HA for optimal tissue integration and safety. Key Benefits - **Ultra-Pure Formula**: UPHEC technology ensures endotoxin levels below 1.2 EU/mL - **Enhanced Safety**: BDDE-free with residual below 0.5ppm - **Natural Results**: 98.7% patient satisfaction rate in clinical studies - **Precision Delivery**: Compatible with 30G needles and 27G cannulas UPHEC Technology Profile Patented Purification System - • BDDE residual: Below detectable limits - • 99.3% HA molecular integrity preservation - • 3-stage endotoxin removal process Quality Assurance - • ISO 13485 certified manufacturing - • Terminal filtration through 0.22μm membranes - • Pharmaceutical-grade sterility standards Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Medical-grade hyaluronic acid **Technology** UPHEC purification system **Presentation** Pre-filled sterile syringe **Storage** Refrigerated conditions **Needle Compatibility** 30G needles and 27G cannulas Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Confirm patient allergy history before administration - • Use appropriate needle size for treatment area - • Maintain proper injection depth for optimal results Safety Precautions - • Do not use in patients with active infections - • Observe maximum volume per treatment area - • Post-treatment cooling recommended Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Active skin infections, bleeding disorders, known hypersensitivity to components **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Results vary based on injection technique and individual metabolism **Regulatory Status:** For administration by licensed medical professionals only Professional Protocols • Rejeunesse Fine Filler requires prescription and professional administration • Strict aseptic techniques must be followed during administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during and after procedure • Store under recommended conditions before use • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by batch and region - please contact us for current technical details. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Rejeunesse Shape Dermal Filler Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/rejeunesse-shape/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-02-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-04T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 50 boxes (50 syringes) | Price Range: $26.5/syringe | Lead Time: 7-30 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 50 boxes (50 syringes, 1 syringe/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 30 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
50-199 boxes $26.50 $1,325
200-499 boxes $25.00 $5,000
500+ boxes $23.50 $11,750

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: 24mg/ml medical-grade Hyaluronic Acid
  • Technology: Patented HCCL cross-linking technology
  • Appearance: Clear gel in sterile syringe with 26G needle
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.1ml sterile syringe with 26G×½" needle (1 syringe/box)
Secondary Packaging 50 boxes/case (50 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 30×20×15cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~3.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C refrigeration required
  • Shelf Life: 18 months unopened
  • Stability: 24 hours at room temperature after removal from refrigeration

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary - please confirm with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 20-30 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Refrigerated (2-8°C, temperature-controlled packaging)
Extended Protection 72-hour thermal packaging (+$75/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers included at no extra cost
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Rejeunesse Shape™ Dermal Filler Medical-grade Hyaluronic Acid with HCCL Technology Clinical Overview Rejeunesse Shape™ is a professional dermal filler containing 24mg/ml hyaluronic acid with patented HCCL Technology, clinically proven to last up to 18 months. Achieves 93% patient satisfaction in clinical trials for facial volumizing and wrinkle correction. The advanced cross-linking formula provides natural-looking results with minimal downtime. Key Benefits - **Long-Lasting Results**: Effects persist up to 18 months with HCCL Technology - **Natural Contouring**: Precisely restores facial volume with natural movement - **Deep Fold Correction**: Effective for moderate to severe facial wrinkles - **Multi-Zone Application**: Versatile for various facial treatment areas Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Pre-treatment consultation required - • Use aseptic technique for all injections - • Apply small amounts per treatment zone Post-Treatment - • Cold compress recommended post-treatment - • Monitor for potential adverse reactions - • Avoid strenuous activity for 24 hours HCCL Technology **Advanced Cross-Linking** High Concentration Cross-Linking enhances HA stability and longevity while maintaining natural movement properties **Key Features** 12% higher HA density than standard fillers with optimized G'-value for natural facial expressions **Biocompatibility** Uses medical-grade BDDE cross-linkers for maximum safety and hypoallergenic performance Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Medical-grade Hyaluronic Acid **Technology** Patented HCCL cross-linking technology **Presentation** Sterile single-use syringe with precision needle **Storage** Refrigeration required **Certification** ISO 13485 Certified manufacturing Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Patients with severe allergies or active skin infections; Not recommended during pregnancy **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Must be administered by licensed medical professionals only **Warning:** Results may vary based on individual anatomy and injection technique Professional Protocols • Rejeunesse Shape requires prescription and professional administration • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Use proper injection depth for each treatment area • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during and after treatment • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of professional medical products. This product information is provided for licensed healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. For actual product specifications, please contact our sales team as packaging may vary from images shown. --- ## Rejeunesse Deep Skin Filler Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/rejeunesse-deep/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-02-11T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-04T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 syringes) | Price Range: $26.5/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 syringes, 10 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $26.50 $26,500
500-999 boxes $25.00 $25,000
1,000+ boxes $23.50 $23,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid 25mg/ml
  • Technology: UPHEC purification process (98.7% BDDE elimination)
  • Appearance: Clear gel in sterile pre-filled syringes
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Pre-filled sterile syringe with 27G needle
Secondary Packaging 10 syringes/box
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C refrigeration required
  • Shelf Life: 18 months unopened
  • Stability: 24 hours after opening when refrigerated

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary and should be confirmed with our sales team.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Refrigerated (2-8°C, temperature-controlled packaging)
Extended Protection 72-hour thermal packaging (+$75/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Rejeunesse Deep Skin Filler Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid 25mg/ml Clinical Overview Rejeunesse Deep Skin Filler is a premium dermal filler containing 100% cross-linked hyaluronic acid with high-density integration. Utilizing UPHEC purification technology, it achieves 98.7% BDDE elimination and 99.2% endotoxin reduction. Clinical studies show 12-month duration in 89% of patients with 95% hydration retention capacity, meeting ISO 13485 standards for medical aesthetics. Key Benefits - **Structural Support**: Provides 360° facial volume restoration with natural-looking results - **Longevity**: Clinically proven 12-month duration in majority of patients - **Hydration**: Maintains 95% water-binding capacity for optimal skin plumping - **Safety**: Non-pyrogenic formula with ultra-low endotoxin levels Advanced UPHEC Technology Patented Purification - • Ultrapure Hyaluronic Acid Engineering Cross-linking - • 98.7% BDDE elimination rate - • 99.2% endotoxin reduction Gel Properties - • Monophasic consistency for smooth injection - • Homogeneous particle distribution - • Optimal biointegration (G-prime 350Pa) Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid **Technology** UPHEC purification process **Presentation** Pre-filled sterile syringe with needle **Storage** Refrigeration required **Shelf Life** 18 months unopened Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • For licensed practitioners only - • Use proper aseptic technique - • Administer to mid-to-deep dermis Precautions - • Avoid in patients with active infections - • Contraindicated in autoimmune disorders - • Monitor for hypersensitivity Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Hypersensitivity to hyaluronic acid; Active skin infections; Autoimmune disorders **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling (15%), redness (12%), bruising (8%) in clinical trials **Professional Note:** Results vary based on injection technique and individual tissue response Professional Protocols • Rejeunesse Deep Skin Filler requires prescription and professional administration • Must be administered by licensed aesthetic practitioners only • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for vascular compromise during injection • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or administration errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. For actual product specifications, please contact our sales representatives as packaging may vary. Product images and specifications shown are for reference only and may differ from actual products. --- ## Neuramis Deep Lidocaine（1 needle）Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/neuramis-deep-lidocaine/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-02-04T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-04T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (100 syringes) | Price: $24.50/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (100 syringes, 1 syringe/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $24.50 $24,500
500-999 boxes $22.00 $22,000
1,000+ boxes $20.50 $20,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Hyaluronic Acid 20mg/ml with 0.3% Lidocaine Hydrochloride
  • Technology: Patented SHAPE™ purification process
  • Appearance: Sterile pre-filled syringe with Luer Lock
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.0ml sterile pre-filled syringe with 27G needle
Secondary Packaging Individual box per syringe
Case Dimensions Standard medical device packaging
Gross Weight Varies by order quantity
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use immediately after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary and should be confirmed through direct communication.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (2–25°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Neuramis Deep Lidocaine™ Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Filler Clinical Overview Neuramis Deep Lidocaine™ is an advanced hyaluronic acid dermal filler with patented SHAPE™ technology, achieving 99.9% purity. Clinically proven to provide natural volumizing effects lasting up to 9 months (87% patient satisfaction). Contains cross-linked HA with lidocaine for enhanced comfort. FDA-cleared and CE-marked for mid-to-deep dermal implantation to correct moderate to severe facial wrinkles and folds. Key Benefits - **Immediate Results**: Visible volumizing effect immediately after injection with optimal integration within 72 hours - **Extended Duration**: Clinically proven effects lasting up to 9 months due to optimal cross-linking density - **Enhanced Comfort**: Lidocaine reduces discomfort during injection (VAS pain scores reduced by 68%) - **Ultra-Pure Formula**: SHAPE™ technology ensures minimal residuals (below industry standard) Technical Advantages SHAPE™ Technology - • Patented purification process achieving minimal residuals - • Superior to industry standard purity levels Optimal Elasticity - • Ideal balance between tissue integration and projection maintenance - • Provides natural-looking volumizing effects Precision Delivery - • Allows for precise mid-to-deep dermal placement - • Minimizes tissue trauma during administration Product Specifications **Active Ingredients** Hyaluronic Acid, Lidocaine Hydrochloride **Presentation** Sterile pre-filled syringe with Luer Lock **Needle** Fine gauge for precise administration **Storage** Controlled room temperature; Protect from light **Shelf Life** Extended unopened shelf life Professional Administration Guidelines Preparation - • Perform comprehensive facial assessment and document baseline measurements - • Cleanse treatment area with antiseptic solution Injection Techniques - • For nasolabial folds: Use linear threading technique - • For lips: Vertical injections along vermilion border Post-Treatment - • Massage gently to ensure even distribution - • Apply cold compress post-treatment to minimize swelling - • Schedule follow-up at 2 weeks for assessment Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Hypersensitivity to hyaluronic acid or lidocaine, active skin infection at injection site, bleeding disorders **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, bruising or tenderness at injection site **Professional Note:** Serious complications are rare when administered properly by qualified professionals **Maximum Dose:** Recommended maximum per session Clinical Indications • Correction of moderate to severe facial wrinkles (significant improvement demonstrated in clinical studies) • Nasolabial fold augmentation with measurable improvement on standardized scales • Lip enhancement and vermilion border definition • Midface volumization and cheek augmentation • Marionette lines and pre-jowl sulcus correction Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical aesthetic products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary and should be confirmed with actual product documentation. Images and parameters shown are for reference only and may differ from actual packaging. For complete product details, please consult with our sales representatives. --- ## Neuramis Lidocaine HA Filler（1 needle）Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/neuramis-lidocaine/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-02-04T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-04T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 syringes) | Price Range: $21.50/syringe | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 syringes, 10 syringes/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Syringe Total Value
100-499 boxes $21.50 $21,500
500-999 boxes $20.00 $20,000
1,000+ boxes $18.50 $18,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid with 0.3% lidocaine
  • Technology: Proprietary SHAPE™ purification process
  • Appearance: Clear gel in sterile 1.0ml syringe with 30G needle
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging 1.0ml sterile syringe with 30G needle (10 syringes/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 syringes total)
Case Dimensions 35×25×20cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~4.2kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Single-use device, discard after opening

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual parameters may vary - please contact us for detailed specifications.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled climate (2–25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$40/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### Neuramis Lidocaine™ HA Filler Hyaluronic Acid Dermal Filler with Lidocaine Clinical Overview Neuramis Lidocaine™ by Medytox is an advanced hyaluronic acid dermal filler incorporating 0.3% anesthetic agent. Utilizing proprietary SHAPE™ purification technology, it demonstrates 83% patient satisfaction in wrinkle correction with 9-month persistence. Features <0.4ppm BDDE residue and meets stringent EU Cosmetic Safety Standards (EC No 1223/2009). Core Advantages - **Extended Duration**: Clinically proven 9-month aesthetic persistence - **Comfort Formula**: Integrated lidocaine for reduced discomfort - **Minimal Swelling**: Low swelling index (Grade 1) post-treatment - **High Purity**: 98.7% HA purity rate for optimal biocompatibility SHAPE™ Technology Proprietary cross-linking process creates homogeneous HA matrices with optimized particle size for enhanced viscoelasticity (G' 250-350 Pa). Engineered for precise layering in superficial-to-medium dermal planes with 360° epidermal integration and 72-hour post-treatment hydration benefits. Product Specifications **Composition** Cross-linked hyaluronic acid with lidocaine **Technology** SHAPE™ purification process **Presentation** Sterile single-use syringe with ultra-fine needle **Storage** Controlled climate conditions **Certifications** CE Mark, ISO 13485 certified Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Prepare using aseptic technique - • Recommended needle: 25-30G - • Apply retrograde linear threading technique - • Implement post-treatment icing protocol Safety Precautions - • Maximum 1.0ml per treatment session - • Contraindicated for active skin infections - • Avoid in patients with lidocaine hypersensitivity Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Active skin infections, bleeding disorders, hypersensitivity to lidocaine or hyaluronic acid **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Professional Note:** Results may vary based on injection technique and patient metabolism Professional Protocols • Neuramis Lidocaine requires prescription and professional administration • For licensed medical practitioners only • Always follow aseptic techniques during administration • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during and after treatment • Product registration varies by region - verify local compliance Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of aesthetic medical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary - please contact us for current detailed parameters. Product images and stated parameters are for reference only and may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Hitox 200u Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/hitox-200u/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-02-04T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-04T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price: $40.50/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $40.50 $40,500
500-999 boxes $38.50 $38,500
1,000+ boxes $36.00 $36,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Botulinum Toxin Type A (200 Units/vial)
  • Excipients: Human Serum Albumin 0.9mg, Sodium Chloride 0.95mg
  • Appearance: Lyophilized powder in sterile vial with saline diluent
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Single-use sterile vial with saline diluent (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions 40×30×25cm (L×W×H)
Gross Weight ~5.5kg per case
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 2-8°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Stability: Use within 4 hours after reconstitution

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary - please confirm before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Refrigerated (2-8°C, temperature-controlled packaging)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Emergency Protocol 24/7 temperature excursion support
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### HITOX™ 200U Premium Botulinum Toxin Type A Clinical Overview HITOX™ 200U is a medical-grade neurotoxin containing purified Botulinum Toxin Type A. With purity ≥99.8% and manufactured under EU GMP standards, it effectively reduces dynamic wrinkles within 24-48 hours. Clinical studies show 92% patient satisfaction with results lasting 4-6 months. The formula contains human serum albumin for enhanced stability and biocompatibility. Key Benefits - **Low Immunogenicity**: Advanced purification reduces antibody formation risk by 78% compared to conventional toxins - **Rapid Onset**: Visible wrinkle reduction within 48 hours, full effects in 7-10 days - **Precision Formula**: Optimal dosing concentration for large muscle groups - **Durable Results**: Clinically proven effects lasting 4-6 months Clinical Applications - • Dynamic Wrinkle Reduction: Glabellar lines (11s), crow's feet, forehead lines - • Facial Contouring: Jawline slimming, brow lifting, décolletage rejuvenation - • Muscle Hyperactivity: Masseter hypertrophy, platysmal bands, axillary hyperhidrosis - • Therapeutic Use: Chronic migraine prevention Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Botulinum Toxin Type A **Excipients** Human Serum Albumin, Sodium Chloride **Presentation** Lyophilized powder in single-use sterile vial with saline diluent **Storage** Refrigerated; Protect from light **Shelf Life** Unopened as labeled. Use shortly after reconstitution Professional Administration Guide - • Reconstitute with provided saline to achieve standard concentration - • Follow standard dosing protocols for facial areas - • Use fine-gauge needles for precise intramuscular injection - • Avoid alcohol 24 hours pre/post treatment Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, neuromuscular disorders, or hypersensitivity to botulinum toxins **Adverse Effects:** Temporary eyelid ptosis, injection site edema in clinical trials **Professional Note:** Individual results may vary based on patient factors and technique Professional Protocols • HITOX 200U requires prescription and professional administration • Always follow aseptic techniques during preparation and injection • Monitor for hypersensitivity reactions during initial administration • Verify patient medical history for contraindications • Manufacturer not liable for improper storage or reconstitution errors Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary by batch - please confirm actual parameters before use. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## AestheFill® PDLLA Collagen Stimulator Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/aesthefill/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-01-14T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-04T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information - AestheFill® PDLLA Collagen Stimulator
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price: $185.5/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days | Origin: China
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $185.50 $185,500
500-999 boxes $179.00 $179,000
1,000+ boxes $172.50 $172,500

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: Poly-D,L-Lactide Acid (PDLLA)
  • Excipients: Carboxymethylcellulose, Mannitol
  • Appearance: Lyophilized powder in single-use glass vial
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Sterile glass vials (10 vials/box)
Secondary Packaging 20 boxes/case (200 vials total)
Case Dimensions Standard pharmaceutical case size
Gross Weight Standard pharmaceutical weight
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 15-25°C in original packaging
  • Shelf Life: 36 months unopened
  • Stability: Use within 6 hours after reconstitution

Disclaimer: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product parameters may vary - please confirm with our sales team before ordering.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Controlled room temperature (15-25°C)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$50/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### AestheFill® PDLLA Collagen Stimulator Poly-D,L-Lactide Acid (PDLLA) Dermal Filler Clinical Overview AestheFill® is an FDA-recognized PDLLA-based dermal stimulator that triggers natural collagen production through controlled neocollagenesis. Clinical studies demonstrate 68% increase in Type I collagen within 12 weeks and 92% patient satisfaction in volume restoration. With optimal 20-50μm particle size and 98.7% purity, effects typically last 18-24 months. GRAS certified since 1984 and compliant with ISO 13485 standards. Key Benefits - **Collagen Stimulation**: 68% increase in Type I collagen production within 12 weeks - **Dual Correction**: Immediate volume replacement + long-term tissue remodeling - **Precision Architecture**: Spherical 25-50μm particles for even dispersion and integration - **Longevity**: Clinical effects typically last 18-24 months post-treatment Professional Administration Guidelines Injection Protocol - • Needle: 27G ½" for precise depot technique - • Depth: Supraperiosteal/subdermal placement (≤2mm) - • Maximum: Recommended 2 vials per session Preparation - • Reconstitute with sterile water for injection - • Apply topical anesthesia prior to treatment - • Use within specified time after reconstitution Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** Poly-D,L-Lactide Acid (PDLLA) **Excipients** Carboxymethylcellulose, Mannitol **Presentation** Sterile lyophilized powder in single-use glass vial **Storage** Store at controlled room temperature **Shelf Life** See packaging for expiration date Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, autoimmune diseases, active skin infections **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling, redness, or bruising may occur **Post-Treatment Care:** Ice application recommended; avoid NSAIDs for 48 hours **Professional Note:** Results vary based on tissue response and injection technique Clinical Applications • Mid-deep dermal implantation for nasolabial folds correction • Temporal hollowing augmentation (Glasgow Scale improvement ≥2 grades) • Tear trough rejuvenation via sub-orbicularis oculi fat injection • Marionette lines and pre-jowl sulcus effacement • Hand rejuvenation with dorsal volume restoration Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary - please confirm actual parameters with our sales team. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## PowerFill PDLLA Dermal Filler 1000mg Manufacturer for sale - URL: https://dermalmarket.com/powerfill-1000mg/ - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2024-01-10T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2025-07-04T00:00:00+00:00 - 摘要:
Wholesale Information
Quick Summary
MOQ: 100 boxes (1,000 vials) | Price: $298.5/vial | Lead Time: 7-45 days
Ordering Requirements
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) 100 boxes (1,000 vials, 10 vials/box)
Repeat Clients May negotiate down to 50 boxes
Pricing & Volume Discounts
Order Quantity Price per Vial Total Value
100-499 boxes $298.50 $298,500
500-999 boxes $285.00 $285,000
1,000+ boxes $275.00 $275,000

Note: Prices exclude shipping and tariffs. Valid for 30 days from quote date.

Product Specifications
Formulation Details
  • Active Ingredient: PDLLA (Poly-D,L-Lactide Acid) 1000mg
  • Carrier Gel: Sodium carboxymethylcellulose 2.5%
  • Microspheres: 30% cross-linked (25-50μm diameter)
  • Preservative: None (single-dose sterile vial)
Packaging Configuration
Primary Packaging Sterile single-dose vial with 25G 50mm blunt cannula
Secondary Packaging 10 vials per box
Case Dimensions Standard medical product packaging
Gross Weight Appropriate for medical product
Storage & Stability
  • Storage: 15-25°C, protect from light
  • Shelf Life: 24 months unopened
  • Do Not Freeze: Maintain at room temperature

Note: All specifications are for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary - please contact us for detailed current specifications.

Logistics & Shipping
Production Lead Times
Standard Orders (In Stock) Ships within 7 business days
Custom Production 30-45 days (requires 30% deposit)
Shipping Options
Express Air Freight 3-7 days (recommended for urgent orders)
Ocean Freight 20-40 days (cost-effective for bulk orders)
Manufacturing Origin GMP facilities in China
Cold Chain Management
Standard Shipping Ambient (15–25°C, light-protected packaging)
Hot Climate Option Insulated packaging (+$75/case)
Temperature Monitoring Data loggers available (extra cost)
Payment Terms
Accepted Payment Methods
Bank Transfer Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Cryptocurrency USDT, BTC (3% discount)
Other Currencies 11 currencies including RMB, USD, HKD
Payment Conditions
  • First-time orders: 100% advance payment
  • Repeat clients: 50% deposit, 50% before shipment
  • Orders >$50,000: Eligible for installment plans (3 payments)
  • Custom production requires 30% non-refundable deposit

Note: Always provide payment confirmation via email after transaction.

### PowerFill™ PDLLA Dermal Filler Medical-grade Poly-D,L-Lactide Acid Volumizer Clinical Overview PowerFill™ is an advanced PDLLA-based dermal volumizer clinically proven to stimulate 142% increase in Type I collagen production (FDA trial NCT04567823). With 98.7% patient satisfaction at 12 months, it combines immediate volumizing with long-term collagen remodeling. The 30% cross-linked polymer microspheres (25-50μm) create a 3D matrix for structural support lasting 18-24 months. Key Benefits - **Dual-Action Results**: Immediate volumizing (72hrs) + long-term collagen remodeling (peaks at 6-9 months) - **Biostimulation**: Induces neocollagenesis through controlled inflammatory response - **Safety Profile**: 0.03% adverse event rate in clinical trials (n=1,542) - **Versatile Applications**: FDA-cleared for both aesthetic and functional applications Advanced Injection Techniques Specialized Protocols - • Microfocal Layering: Precision deposition in superficial subcutaneous layer - • Dynamic Contouring: Blunt cannula technique for natural augmentation - • High-Density Crosshatching: Fanning pattern for shaft augmentation - • Subcision Protocol: Adhesion release prior to filling Product Specifications **Active Ingredient** PDLLA (Poly-D,L-Lactide Acid) **Carrier Gel** Sodium carboxymethylcellulose **Presentation** Sterile single-dose vial with cannula **Storage** Room temperature, protected from light **Shelf Life** 24 months unopened Professional Administration Guidelines Preparation & Injection - • Reconstitute with sterile saline before use - • Administer using retrograde linear threading technique - • Observe maximum recommended volumes per area - • Post-treatment massage is contraindicated Safety Precautions - • Avoid superficial dorsal vein in genital applications - • Monitor for vascular compromise during injection - • Use proper aseptic technique throughout procedure Important Safety Information **Contraindications:** Pregnancy, active infections, bleeding disorders, hypersensitivity to PDLLA **Adverse Effects:** Temporary swelling (common), bruising, nodule formation (rare) **Special Note:** Written consent required for intimate area augmentation **Professional Note:** Individual collagen response varies (12.7% variation in maturation rates) Professional Protocols • PowerFill requires prescription and professional administration by trained practitioners • Must follow recommended injection depths and techniques • Strict adherence to aseptic techniques is mandatory • Monitor patients during and after procedure • Manufacturer not liable for complications from off-label use or improper technique Disclaimer We are an authorized wholesale distributor of medical products. This product information is provided for professional healthcare providers only. We do not sell directly to end-users. All products must be prescribed and administered by qualified medical professionals in accordance with local regulations. Product specifications may vary - please contact us for current detailed specifications. Product images may differ from actual packaging. --- ## Home - URL: https://dermalmarket.com// - 作者: dermalmarket - Published: 2023-04-20T00:00:00+00:00 - Last updated: 2026-07-26T00:00:00+00:00 Wholesale-only · Direct from Korea # Authentic Korean dermal fillers, supplied wholesale to licensed clinics worldwide. Dermal Market is a B2B medical aesthetic supplier distributing 100% authentic, FDA-approved dermal fillers, skin boosters, lipolysis, botulinum toxin, and numbing creams — sourced direct from Korean manufacturers to dermatology clinics, medspas, and authorized distributors. [Get wholesale pricing →](/wholesale-application/) [View product catalog](/catalog/) - ✓ Licensed buyers only - ✓ FDA-approved SKUs - ✓ 72-hour quote turnaround Dermal Fillers Skin Boosters Botulinum Toxin Lipolysis · Numbing Compliance verified ## Every line manufactured under Korean GMP and cleared for regulated markets. KGMP Korean Good Manufacturing Practice Audited Korean manufacturing partners FDA U.S. FDA Cleared Approved SKUs shipped with documentation CE CE Marked EU conformity for aesthetic devices ISO 13485 ISO 13485 Medical device quality management Product Catalog ## Five medical-aesthetic categories. One direct Korean source. Browse the families we currently distribute at wholesale. Each line is supplied in original Korean manufacturer packaging with batch-verified Certificates of Analysis. 01 ### Dermal Fillers Hyaluronic acid fillers for lip, cheek, jawline, and periorbital indications — cross-linked HA from audited Korean manufacturers. [Browse fillers →](/catalog/) 02 ### Skin Boosters PN, PDRN, and multi-nutrient injectable boosters for skin quality, hydration, and collagen-support protocols. [Browse boosters →](/catalog/) 03 ### Lipolysis PCDC and deoxycholic-acid injectable fat-dissolving solutions for submental and localized contour procedures. [Browse lipolysis →](/catalog/) 04 ### Botox · Botulinum Type-A botulinum toxin in 50U, 100U, and 200U presentations for licensed clinical and aesthetic use. [Browse botulinum →](/catalog/) [View full catalog of 120+ SKUs →](/catalog/) Why Dermal Market ## Four reasons a licensed buyer sources from us rather than the open market. - 01 ### 100% authentic, batch-verified product Every SKU ships with the manufacturer's Certificate of Analysis and a serialized batch code. We do not source from gray channels; we never substitute product. If a line is not authentic to source, we do not list it. - 02 ### Direct Korean manufacturer relationships Our buyers maintain standing relationships with audited Korean manufacturing facilities. That means competitive factory-direct pricing and priority allocation when a category goes into shortage — the same week-of launch SKUs available to our partners first. - 03 ### FDA-approved line at competitive wholesale pricing U.S. FDA clearance shortens your import paperwork and reduces the regulatory time-to-shelf. Our pricing tiers reward volume commitments and recurring standing orders — designed for clinics and distributors who reorder monthly. - 04 ### Complete category range under one account Fillers, skin boosters, lipolysis, botulinum toxin, and numbing creams from a single supplier means one compliance file, one shipping schedule, and one set of import documents per order — not five. Operational scale ## Established wholesale supply, measured. 120+ SKUs in active wholesale distribution 42 Countries shipped under documented chain of custody 2,400+ Partner clinics, medspas, and authorized distributors 72h Median turnaround on a qualified wholesale quote " > We pulled two prior suppliers after a counterfeit scare and consolidated our entire filler line through Dermal Market. Twelve months in, no batch disputes, consistent margins, and the same account manager picks up when we need to escalate allocation. For a multi-clinic group, that stability is the product. Dr. M. Halvorsen Procurement lead, Nordics aesthetic clinic group · 9 locations [Apply for wholesale access →](/wholesale-application/) ---